SlideShare a Scribd company logo
TEN LESSONS OF ARABIC
TEN LESSONS OF ARABIC
based on
Das Sabaq of Mawlana ‘Abd al-Salam Kidwai Nadvi
Revised by
‘Aamir Bashir
Copyright © Dār al-Sa‘ādah Publications 2011
First Online Edition Dec 2011
Second Online Edition Jul 2012
ilmresources.wordpress.com
“General and unrestricted permission is granted for the unaltered
duplication, distribution, and transmission of this text.”
In Plain English: Make as many copies as you want.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents i
List of Tables ii
Acknowledgments iii
Foreword v
LESSON 1 ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫أ‬ – Subject and Predicate 1
LESSON 2 ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬ 7
LESSON 3 ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ – Past Tense Verb 11
LESSON 4 ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫،ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫،ُف‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ – Verb, Subject, Object 19
LESSON 5 ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ – Prepositions 25
LESSON 6 ‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬ – Pronouns 31
LESSON 7 ُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ – Present and Future Tense Verb 39
LESSON 8 ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ص‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ال‬‫ُو‬‫ة‬‫ف‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ – Adjective 49
LESSON 9 ُ‫ي‬‫َّه‬‫الن‬‫ُو‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ – Imperative & Prohibitive 57
LESSON 10 ُِ‫ن‬‫َّث‬‫لت‬‫،ُا‬‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫،ُا‬‫ة‬‫ي‬ – Singular, Dual, Plural 67
ii
LIST OF TABLES
3.1 Past Tense Verb Forms in Active Voice ( ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ ) 12
3.1a ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ 13
3.2 Past Tense Verb Forms in Passive Voice ( ُ‫ا‬ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ ) 14
3.2a ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ 15
5.1 Prepositions (ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬) 25
6.1 Unattached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫م‬) Pronouns 31
6.2 Attached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫َّص‬‫ت‬‫م‬) Pronouns 32
7.1 Verb Forms of (ٌُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬) in Active Voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬) 39
7.1a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ 40
7.2 Verb Forms of ( ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ُُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬ ) in Passive Voice (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫َم‬) 41
7.2a ُ‫ُال‬‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ 42
9.1 Creating Second Person Imperative In Active Voice ( ٌُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫أ‬ٌُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ) 58
9.2 Second Person Imperative in Active Voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُح‬ٌ‫ر‬‫م‬‫أ‬) 58
9.2a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُاْل‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 59
9.3 Creating Second Person Prohibitive (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُح‬ٌ‫ي‬‫ه‬‫ن‬) in Active Voice 60
9.4 Second Person Prohibitive (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُح‬ٌ‫ي‬‫ه‬‫ن‬) in Active Voice 60
9.4a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُاْل‬‫ي‬‫َّه‬‫لن‬‫ا‬ 61
10.1 Singular, Dual, and Plural 68
iii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I owe a debt of gratitude to many people who helped in making this project a
success. To begin with, I would like to thank Sr. A. Naviwala who, working on
behalf of Darul Uloom al-Madania, prepared the first draft, which I edited. I would
also like to thank Mawlana Ibrahim Memon for his valuable feedback. I am also
indebted to my First year students at Darul Uloom (2011–2012 academic year) who
suggested important improvements and pointed out the many mistakes. My
prepatory year students at Darul Uloom (2011–2012), including Ahmad Hatim
who proof-read the draft for the second edition, have also given me valuable
feedback. I have greatly benefitted from their questions, comments and suggestions.
May Allah reward them, and all others for their contributions and help.
v
‫بسمُهللاُالرمحنُالرحيم‬ُُ‫الصلو‬‫و‬ُ‫السالمُعلى‬‫و‬ُ‫ة‬‫لهُالكرمي‬‫و‬‫رس‬
FOREWORD
This is the second edition of the revised Ten Lessons of Arabic, which in turn was
based on the famous Urdu language primer of Arabic grammar Das Sabaq [Ten
Lessons] by Mawlana ‘Abd al-Salam Kidwai Nadvi. Das Sabaq in Urdu has been a
part of the ‘Aalim course curriculum in Western madrasahs for a number of years.
In 2011, I was commissioned by Darul Uloom al-Madania to edit a translation that
they had prepared by revising an existing translation of the text that was available
online. I completed the editing in a few months. During this process, I took liberty
with the translation to make the content more accessible and beneficial to the
student. The edited version was then used as a textbook for Darul Uloom’s eAlim
program. At that time, I received a number of suggestions from eAlim instructors
and students regarding improvement of the text.
Later, I got the chance to teach the first four chapters myself during Ramadan
2011 to a sincere student. At that time, I realized the many flaws that had
remained, especially in the first four chapters. I revised these chapters thoroughly to
make them more student friendly. Later still, I got the chance to go over the whole
text during the first term of 2011–2012 academic year, while teaching it to first year
students at Darul Uloom. During this time, a number of issues came up and I made
the changes accordingly. The first online edition was released at that time.
Later, during the last two terms of 2011–2012 academic year, I got the chance
to teach it again; this time, to the prepatory year students at Darul Uloom. More
issues came up and I fixed them. Now, at the end of this academic year (2011–
2012), I have gone through the whole text again and revised it throughly. I have
added more explanation and tables in many chapters. I have also revised the word
lists and exercises, and reduced the overall number of vocabulary words. While
teaching, I had felt that memorizing too many new words was taking the students’
attention away from the real thing, viz. grammar rules and construction of the
language. In many cases, plurals of words are given, but they are merely for
reference. Students should not be required to memorize these. The vocabulary lists
still appear quite formidable. However, this is because of the many repeated words.
If they were to be taken out, the overall count will be much less.
This text has been revised multiple times. In the process, it has changed
considerably and those looking for an exact translation of Das Sabaq will be
disappointed. However, I believe it is now much more beneficial. I have tried my
vi
best, with help from many of my students, to remove all of the errors in it.
Nevertheless, as is the case with all human endeavors, there are bound to be some
mistakes in it, and definitely, room for improvement. I hope that the readers,
students and teachers, will apprise me of any such issues. Your feedback
(suggestions, constructive criticism, etc.) is valuable to me. You can contact me at
the email address given at the end.
This is a beginner-level text but notwithstanding its ease, it should be studied
with a teacher. It is also expected that the student will be studying other Arabic
books along with it as well. I would recommend Fundamentals of Classical Arabic
vol. 1 (by Dr. Husain Abdul Sattar) and Durus al-Lughah al-‘Arabiyyah vol. 1 (by
Dr. V. Abdur Rahim). I got the chance to teach both during this academic year.
They are both excellent books. There is some overlap between them and Ten
Lessons. However, this should not be seen as redundancy, but as re-inforcement. Of
the three, Fundamentals is for Sarf, Ten Lessons and Durus al-Lughah are for general
Arabic. The last one is probably the best in terms of its gradual and progressive
introduction to Arabic language concepts. However, the former two provide concise
information for Sarf and Nahw, which is spread out in Durus al-Lughah. I
recommend that Ten lessons and Durus al-Lughah be started at the beginning of the
semester, while Fundamentals be started in the second half.
Since this is a beginner-level text; therefore, Arabic words have not been
transliterated exactly, keeping in mind that most people at this stage will not be
comfortable with Arabic transliteration schemes. Rather, their approximate
equivalents have been used that are easier to read for the untrained. Nevertheless,
non-English words have been italicized.
As for duals and plurals of Arabic words, the original Arabic duals and plurals
have not been used; rather, their plurals have been created the English way by
adding an ‘s’ to the singular. Thus, two dammahs is used instead of dammahtain.
The word still remains italicized to reflect its non-English origin.
The following abbreviations appear in the text:
S = Singular D = Dual P = Plural
M = Masculine F = Feminine
Many times, these have been used in combination. Thus, we also have the
following abbreviations:
(S/M) = ‘Singular masculine’ which means one male
(D/M) = ‘Dual masculine’ which means two males
(P/M) = ‘Plural masculine’ which means multiple males
(S/F) = ‘Singular feminine’ which means one female
(D/F) = ‘Dual feminine’ which means two females
(P/F) = ‘Plural feminine’ which means multiple females
vii
I hope and pray that this revised edition will be of benefit to the students. I
also pray that Allah Most High accepts this humble effort from all those who have
contributed to it in any way, and gives us the power to continue with more. I also
request the readers and all those who benefit from it in any way to remember us all
in their prayers.
And He alone gives success.
ُ‫ىُهللا‬َّ‫ل‬‫ص‬‫و‬ُُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ت‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ى‬ُُ‫َن‬‫َل‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُو‬‫َن‬ِ‫د‬ِ‫ي‬‫ُس‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ق‬‫ل‬‫ُخ‬ِ‫ْي‬‫خ‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ع‬َّ‫ُو‬ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُم‬‫ى‬ُُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫ُو‬ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ح‬‫ص‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫ْج‬
‘Aamir Bashir
Buffalo, NY
91th
Shaʻban, 1433 (1th
July, 2012)
Email: ainbay97@yahoo.com
1
LESSON 1
ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫أ‬
Subject and Predicate
Consider the following sentences: ‘Mahmood is knowledgeable,’ ‘Haamid is pious,’
‘Khalid is a conqueror.’ These sentences and other sentences of the same pattern are
called mubtada ( ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫أ‬ ) and khabar (ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫)خ‬. The subject of the sentence is called
mubtada and it comes at the beginning of the sentence. The predicate of the
sentence is called khabar and it is the second part of the sentence. For example, in
‘Mahmood is knowledgeable,’ Mahmood is the subject and the information about
him being knowledgeable is the predicate. Therefore, ‘Mahmood’ is mubtada and
‘knowledgeable’ُis khabar.
To translate a sentence of this type into Arabic, follow these steps:
1. Take out the “is”.
2. Translate the words into Arabic.
3. Give two dammahs (ُِ‫ي‬‫ت‬َّ‫م‬‫ض‬) to both words in the sentence.
Examples:
1. Mahmood is knowledgeable.
ٌُ
ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬ٌ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬
2. Haamid is pious.
ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُص‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ح‬
3. Khalid is a conqueror.
ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ات‬‫ُف‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫خ‬
4. Muhammad (Allah bless him and give him peace) is a messenger.
ٌُ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُم‬ُ‫ى‬َّ‫ل‬‫(ص‬ُُ‫هللا‬ُ)‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ٌُُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬‫ر‬
5. Naasir is a friend.
ٌُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُص‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬‫َن‬
In the above examples, the mubtada is a definite noun.1
However, if it is a
common noun, an alif-laam will be added to the beginning of the word. For
example, if the first sentence was ‘the man is knowledgeable,’ it would be translated
as ٌُ
ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬.
It is important to note here that whenever alif-laam comes before a word, the
tanween becomes a single fathah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬), kasrah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬) or dammah (ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬‫ض‬) as the case
1
In Arabic, a definite noun is called ma‘rifah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬) and a common noun is called nakirah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬‫ن‬).
Lesson 1
2
may be, eg. ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ becomes ُ‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬. Alif-laam is mainly used in place of the definite
article “the.” It gives distinction to a word. For example, ‘a man’ is any man and
‘the man’ is a specific man. Sometimes alif-laam is used for the meaning of ‘a whole
category/class.’ For example, ُِ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬ means ‘mankind’ and ُ‫د‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ means ‘all praise.’
If the mubtada is feminine, then the khabar will also have to be feminine. To
change a word to its feminine form, add the round taa (‫ة‬) to the end of the word.
For example, ‘the man is pious’ is written as ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُص‬‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬. Now if you want to say ‘the
woman is pious,’ you will say ٌُ‫ة‬ِ‫اْل‬‫ُص‬‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬. Similarly, ‘the girl is knowledgeable’ will be
written as ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ا‬.
Word List
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
father ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ء‬‫َب‬
mother ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ات‬‫ه‬َّ‫م‬
son ٌُ‫ن‬‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ن‬‫ب‬
boy ٌُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫و‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫َل‬‫و‬‫أ‬
daughter, girl ٌُ‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ن‬‫ب‬
paternal uncle ُ‫م‬‫ع‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ام‬‫م‬‫ع‬
paternal aunt ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ا‬َّ‫م‬‫ع‬،ٌُُ‫ات‬َّ‫م‬‫ع‬
maternal uncle ٌُ‫ال‬‫خ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ال‬‫و‬‫خ‬
maternal aunt ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫خ‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫اَل‬‫خ‬
brother ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫خ‬ ُِ‫إ‬ُ،ٌ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫و‬‫خ‬ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫و‬‫خ‬
sister ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ت‬‫خ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ات‬‫و‬‫خ‬
grandfather ُ‫د‬‫ج‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اد‬‫د‬‫ج‬
grandmother ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫د‬‫ج‬ ٌُ‫َّات‬‫د‬‫ج‬
grandson ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ح‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ف‬‫،ُح‬ٌ‫اد‬‫ف‬‫ح‬
granddaughter ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ة‬
man ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ال‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬
woman ٌُ‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌُ‫اء‬‫س‬ِ‫ن‬
ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ٌُو‬‫أ‬
3
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
male child, infant, toddler ٌُ‫ل‬‫ف‬ِ‫ط‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ال‬‫ف‬‫ط‬
female male child, infant, toddler ُ‫ل‬‫ف‬ِ‫ط‬ٌُ‫ة‬
strong ُ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬‫ق‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ء‬‫َي‬ِ‫و‬‫ق‬
weak ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫ض‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ف‬‫ع‬‫ض‬
ice, snow ٌُ‫ج‬‫ل‬‫ث‬
cold ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ر‬‫َب‬
water ٌُ‫اء‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫اه‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬
sweet ٌُ‫ب‬‫ذ‬‫ع‬
small ُ‫ص‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬
fat ٌُ‫ي‬ِ‫َس‬
pious ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ال‬‫ص‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ح‬‫ل‬‫ص‬
worshipper ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫اد‬َّ‫ب‬‫ع‬
intelligent, smart
ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ذ‬
ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ء‬‫ال‬‫ق‬‫ع‬
hard-working ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫َم‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫َم‬
beautiful ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ْج‬
thankful, grateful ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اك‬‫ش‬ ُ‫و‬‫ر‬ِ‫اك‬‫ش‬ُ‫ن‬
truthful ٌُ‫ق‬ِ‫اد‬‫ص‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ق‬ِ‫اد‬‫ص‬
Lord ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬
prophet, messenger ُِ‫ب‬‫ن‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ن‬
messenger ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ر‬
path ٌُ‫ط‬‫ا‬‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬
straight ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬‫ت‬‫س‬‫م‬
Muslim ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬
man, mankind ُِ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬
slave ٌُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫اد‬‫ب‬ِ‫ع‬
leader, commander ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ق‬ ُ‫اد‬‫،ُق‬ٌ‫اد‬َّ‫و‬‫ق‬ٌُ‫ة‬
Lesson 1
4
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
brave ٌُ‫اع‬‫ج‬‫ش‬
generous ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ام‬‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬
the hour; day of resurrection ُ‫ة‬‫اع‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬
coming (F) ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬
respectful ٌُ‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬
and ُ‫و‬
merciful ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬‫ر‬
going (M) ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫اه‬‫ذ‬
knowledgeable; scholar ٌُ
ِ‫ال‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫اء‬‫م‬
Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic.
1. Haamid is a father.
2. Mahmood is a son.
3. Khalid is an uncle (paternal).
4. Zayd is an uncle (maternal).
5. Bakr is a brother.
6. Sa‘eed is a grandfather.
7. Hameed is a grandson.
8. The man is strong.
9. The child (M) is weak.
10. The ice is cold.
11. The water is sweet.
12. The son is small.
13. Hamzah is fat.
14. The brother is pious.
Exercise 2: Translate into Arabic.
1. The woman is strong.
2. The mother is beautiful.
3. The daughter is a worshipper.
4. The aunt (maternal) is intelligent.
5. The aunt (paternal) is hard-working.
6. The sister is beautiful.
7. The grandmother is thankful.
ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ٌُو‬‫أ‬
5
8. ‘Aishah is intelligent.
9. Fatimah is small.
10. Maimoonah is a grand daughter.
11. The aunt (paternal) is pious.
12. The girl is fat.
13. The grandmother is pious.
14. The aunt (maternal) is a worshipper.
Exercise 3: Translate into English.
1. ُ‫ب‬‫ُر‬‫هلل‬‫ا‬
2. ٌُ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُم‬ُ‫ىُهللا‬َّ‫ل‬‫(ص‬ُُ‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬)ُُِ‫ب‬‫ن‬
3. ٌُ‫ق‬ِ‫اد‬‫ُص‬‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬
4. ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬‫ت‬‫س‬‫ُم‬‫اط‬‫ر‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬
5. ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬
6. ٌُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ُع‬‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬
7. ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُق‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫خ‬
8. ُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ق‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫اع‬‫ج‬‫ش‬
9. ٌُ‫خ‬‫ُأ‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫س‬
10. ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬‫ُع‬‫ال‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬
11. ُ‫ا‬ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ُك‬‫خ‬‫ْل‬
12. ُ‫ُا‬‫ة‬‫اع‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬
13. ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫وَُم‬ٌ‫ر‬‫م‬‫ع‬
14. ٌُ‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ق‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ط‬
15. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫ُم‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ا‬
16. ُ‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ُذ‬ُّ‫م‬‫ع‬‫ل‬
17. ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬‫ُُّر‬‫د‬‫اْل‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫ُم‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬
18. ُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫اط‬‫ف‬ٌُُ‫ة‬‫ب‬ِ‫اه‬‫ذ‬
19. ُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫اه‬‫ُذ‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬
20. ٌُ
ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬ٌ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬
7
LESSON 2
ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬
Consider the following sentences: ‘slave of Allah,’ ‘messenger of Allah,’ ‘door of the
house,’ ‘the Messenger’s order,’ ‘Mahmood’s pen,’ ‘Khalid’s book,’ ‘Hameed’s
house.’ These phrases and those with a similar pattern are called mudaaf (ٌُ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬)
and mudaaf ilayhi (ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ُ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬). One thing (mudaaf) is attributed to the other
(mudaaf ilayhi). Many times, the relationship is that of the possessed to its
possessor. The possessed is called mudaaf and the possessor is called mudaaf ilayhi.
For example, in the phrase ‘Mahmood’s pen,’ the pen is owned by Mahmood.
Therefore, ‘pen’ is mudaaf and ‘Mahmood’ is mudaaf ilayhi.
To translate a sentence of this type into Arabic, follow these steps:
1. Take out ‘of’ or the apostrophe and the ‘s,’ which show possession.
2. If you have taken out the apostrophe and the ‘s,’ reverse the sequence. Write
the second word first and the first word second. If you took out ‘of,’ then
there is no need to reverse the sequence.
3. Replace the English words with their Arabic equivalents.
4. Give the mudaaf a single dammah and the mudaaf ilayhi two kasrahs.
For example, to translate the phrase ‘Mahmood’s pen’ to Arabic, first take out
the apostrophe and ‘s.’ It becomes ‘Mahmood pen.’ Then, change the order of the
words to ‘pen Mahmood.’ Next, replace the words with their Arabic equivalents.
You get ‫قلمُُممود‬. Now, give the mudaaf a single dammah and the mudaaf ilayhi two
kasrahs. You get ٍُ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُُم‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬. Following the same method, ‘Khalid’s book’ becomes
ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬. For a sentence with ‘of,’ such as ‘ring of gold,’ first remove the ‘of.’ It
becomes ‘ring gold.’ Now, replace the words with their Arabic equivalents. You get
‫خامتُذه‬‫ب‬ . Now, give the mudaaf a single dammah and the mudaaf ilayhi two kasrahs.
You get ٍُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ُذ‬‫امت‬‫خ‬.
The rules concerning alif-laam have been mentioned in the first lesson. Those
rules will apply here also. Thus, if there is an alif-laam at the beginning of the
mudaaf ilayhi, the two kasrahs will become one kasrah. ٍُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ُذ‬‫امت‬‫خ‬ will become ُ‫امت‬‫خ‬
ُِ‫ب‬‫ه‬َّ‫الذ‬. It should be noted here that the mudaaf never accepts alif-laam or tanween.
For instance, in the above example, ُ‫امت‬‫خ‬ will not accept alif-laam or tanween.
Lesson 2
8
Word List
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
wall ٌُ‫ار‬‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ر‬‫د‬‫،ُج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫د‬‫ج‬
home, house
ٌُ‫ار‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫َي‬ِ‫د‬ُ‫و‬‫،ُد‬ٌُ‫ر‬
ٌُ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫ب‬
door ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ب‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫و‬
window ٌُ‫اك‬َّ‫ب‬‫ش‬ ُ‫ك‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ب‬‫ش‬
room
ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬
ٌُ‫ة‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬
roof ٌُ‫ح‬‫ط‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ح‬‫و‬‫ط‬‫س‬،ُُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ح‬‫ط‬‫س‬
ceiling ٌُ‫ف‬‫ق‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫س‬
bed ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫ر‬‫س‬
pen ُ‫ق‬ٌُ‫م‬‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ق‬
heat ُ‫ر‬‫ح‬
sun ٌُ‫س‬‫َش‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫َش‬
day ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫م‬َّ‫َي‬‫أ‬
judgment; religion ُ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ٌُ‫ن‬
to establish, establishing ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ام‬‫ق‬
ritual prayer (salah) ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ص‬،ُُ‫ل‬‫ص‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫و‬
to give, giving ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫اء‬‫ت‬‫ي‬
poor due (zakah) ،ٌ‫ة‬‫كو‬‫ز‬ٌُُ‫ة‬‫ا‬‫ك‬‫ز‬
city, town ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫ب‬
country; city, town ٌُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫ب‬ ُِ‫ب‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫،ُب‬ٌ‫د‬‫ال‬
city, town ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ن‬‫د‬‫م‬
people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬
light ٌُ‫ء‬‫و‬‫ض‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫و‬‫ض‬
lamp ٌُ‫اج‬‫ر‬ِ‫س‬ ٌُ‫ج‬‫ر‬‫س‬
darkness ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬
ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ُإل‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬
9
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
night ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬‫ل‬
finger, toe ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ع‬‫ب‬‫ص‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ص‬
foot; leg ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬
tall, long ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫و‬‫ط‬
leader, governor ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫أ‬
short ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬‫ق‬
expensive ٌُ‫ي‬ِ‫َث‬
high ٌُ‫ع‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ر‬
winter ٌُ‫اء‬‫ت‬ِ‫ش‬
summer ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬‫ص‬
spring ٌُ‫ع‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ر‬
autumn, fall ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫خ‬
new ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ج‬
old ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫د‬‫ق‬
book ٌُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
note-book ٌُ‫ة‬‫اس‬َّ‫ر‬‫ك‬
jouney, travel ٌُ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫س‬
Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic.
1. Haamid’s son/son of Hameed
2. Khalid’s mother/mother of Khalid
3. Fatimah’s sister/sister of Fatimah
4. The house’s wall/wall of the house
5. The room’s door/door of the room
6. The room’s window/window of the room
7. The house’s roof/roof of the house
8. The room’s ceiling/ceiling of the room
9. Hameed’s bed/bed of Hameed
10. The grandfather’s pen/pen of the grandfather
11. The sun’s heat/heat of the sun
Lesson 2
10
Exercise 2: Translate into English.
1. ُِ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُالد‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬
2. ُِ‫ة‬‫ال‬َّ‫ُالص‬‫ة‬‫ام‬‫ق‬ِ‫إ‬
3. ُِ‫اة‬‫ك‬َّ‫ُالز‬‫اء‬‫ت‬‫ي‬ِ‫إ‬
4. ُِ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫س‬‫َن‬
5. ٍُ‫اج‬‫ر‬ِ‫ُس‬‫ء‬‫و‬‫ض‬
6. ُِ‫ل‬‫ي‬َّ‫ل‬‫ُال‬‫ة‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬
7. ٍُ‫ل‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ص‬‫أ‬
8. ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ُح‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬
9. ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫اج‬‫ر‬ِ‫س‬
10. ُِ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫أ‬
Exercise 3: Translate into Arabic.
1. Mahmood’s pen is expensive.
2. The house’s wall is long.
3. The house’s roof is high.
4. Haamid’s son is tall.
5. Fatimah’s sister is short.
6. Days of Summer are long.
7. Days of Winter are short.
8. Door of the house is high.
9. Ceiling of the room is expensive.
Exercise 4: Translate into English.
1. ُِ‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫ُالر‬‫ن‬‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ٌُُ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬‫ع‬
2. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫و‬‫ُط‬ِ‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬ِ‫ُاَل‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬
3. ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُج‬ ِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬‫َب‬
4. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬‫ُق‬ٍ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُُم‬ُّ‫م‬‫أ‬
5. ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُق‬‫ة‬‫ش‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُع‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
6. ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُج‬‫ة‬‫ن‬ِ‫ُآم‬‫ة‬‫اس‬َّ‫ر‬‫ك‬
7. ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُق‬ٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُمح‬‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬
8. ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ُذ‬‫ة‬‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫ن‬‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬
9. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬‫ُق‬ِ‫ر‬‫ف‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ص‬
11
LESSON 3
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ال‬ُ‫ي‬
Past Tense Verb
In this lesson, we will look at the various forms a past tense verb takes in accordance
with the number and gender of the one(s) performing the action. To begin with, it
should be noted that ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “he (S/M) did,” ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “they (D/M) did,” ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
means “they (P/M) did,” ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “she (S/F) did” and so on. These verbs are in
active voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬).
In Arabic, each verb form is called ٌُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬ (seeghah). Looking at the table below,
we can see that there are fourteen seeghahs in it. Each of these seeghahs has a name.
This name identifies, whether it is singular, dual or plural, whether it is masculine or
feminine, and whether it is first person, second person or third person. In Arabic,
the words for singular, dual and plural are ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬, ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ , and ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬, respectively; first
person is called ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ , second person is called ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬, and third person is called ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬;
and masculine is called ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬, and feminine is called ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬. Thus, singular masculine
of the third person will be called ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ in Arabic. Dual masculine of the
third person will be called ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ , and plural masculine of the third person
will be called ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ , and so on.
In the case of the first person, because the gender is not identified, and there is
no separate seeghah for dual, therefore, the two seeghahs, singular first person and
plural first person will be called ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬ and ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬ , respectively.
Lesson 3
12
We are listing below the verb forms (also called conjugations) of the past tense
verb in active voice. These should be memorized with their meanings.
Table 3.1
Past Tense Verb Forms in Active Voice ( ُ‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬ )
Person Gender Plurality English Arabic
Third
Person
(ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular He did. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual They did. ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Plural They did. ُ‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular She did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual They did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬
Plural They did. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Second
Person
(ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬)
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬
Plural You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular You did. ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬
Plural You did. َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
First
Person
( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ )
Masculine/
Feminine
Singular I did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Masculine/
Feminine
Dual/
Plural
We did. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬
ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬
13
Before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 3.1 would be written in
Arabic. This is as follows:
Table 3.1a
ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬
Note: In the tables above, ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ has been translated as “he did” and ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ as “she
did.” It should be kept in mind that these forms could also mean “it (masculine)
did” and “it (feminine) did,” respectively. The same is true of other forms. The
masculine could be any masculine thing or person, and the feminine could be any
feminine thing or person.
ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬
‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬
ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
‫ا‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬
ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬
َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬َُُّ‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
Lesson 3
14
Changing Active Voice to Passive Voice
Now, to change these verbs into passive voice, follow the following procedure. Put a
dammah on the first letter (‫ف‬) of ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬, and a kasrah on its second letter (‫ع‬). It will
become ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬. Its meaning will change to “he (S/M) was done upon.” This is passive
voice ( ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ٌُُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫َم‬ ). Similarly, ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ will become ُ‫ال‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬, ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ will become ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬, ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ will
become ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ , and so on. We are listing below the verb forms (also called
conjugations) of the past tense verb in passive voice. These should be memorized
with their meanings.
Table 3.2
Past Tense Verb Forms in Passive Voice ( ُ‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ )
Person Gender Plurality English Arabic
Third
Person
(ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular He was done. ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual They were done. ُ‫ال‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Plural They were done. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular She was done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual They were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬
Plural They were done. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Second
Person
(ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬)
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬
Plural You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular You were done. ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Dual You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬
Plural You were done. َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
First
Person
( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ )
Masculine/
Feminine
Singular I was done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
Masculine/
Faminine
Dual/
Plural
We were done. ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬
15
Again, before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 3.2 would be
written in Arabic.
Table 3.2a
ُ‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬
Note: In these two tables, ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ has been translated as “he was done” and ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ as “she
was done.” As mentioned above in the note after Tables 3.9 & 3.9a, these forms
could also mean “it (masculine) was done” and “it (feminine) was done,”
respectively. The same is true of other forms. The masculine could be any
masculine thing or person, and the feminine could be any feminine thing or person.
ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬
ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬
ُ‫ال‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬
‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ُُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬
ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
‫ا‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬
ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫د‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬
َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
Lesson 3
16
Creating Conjugation Tables from ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬
Having memorized these two tables, the next stage is to identify the verb forms of
other verbs by comparing them to these tables. For this, we need to know that ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ُ
ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ of any verb table is considered to be the basic verb form. Generally, it is
composed of three letters. The first is called ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫اءُك‬‫ف‬, the second is called ُُ‫ي‬‫ع‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ك‬ ,
and the third is called ‫م‬‫َل‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ك‬ . Now all that remains to be done is to identify which
letter of the new verb matches which letter of the basic verb form of the tables given
above. Consider, the verb ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ (he helped). Comparing this to ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ of Table 3.1 or
Table 3.1a, we can see that in this verb, ‫ن‬ is the ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫اءُك‬‫ف‬, ‫ص‬ is the ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ُك‬‫ي‬‫ع‬, and ‫ر‬ is
the ‫م‬‫َل‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ك‬ . Once, this is established, it is easy to compare any of its forms with the
rest of table.
Below, we are providing a list of the basic forms ( ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ) of various verbs
and their meanings. Their remaining forms can be created from them.
Word List For Verbs
English Arabic
he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬
he read ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬
he found ُ‫د‬‫ج‬‫و‬
he cooked ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬
he cut ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬
he filled ُ‫ل‬‫م‬
he sought, he demanded ُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ط‬
he asked ُ‫ل‬‫أ‬‫س‬
he made ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬
he took ُ‫ذ‬‫خ‬‫أ‬
he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬
he ran, he fled ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ه‬
he went ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬
he opened ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬
ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬
17
English Arabic
he hit ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬
he entered ُ‫ل‬‫خ‬‫د‬
he put (something) ُ‫ع‬‫ض‬‫و‬
he helped ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬
he joined, he arrived ُ‫ل‬‫ص‬‫و‬
he returned ُ‫ع‬‫ج‬‫ر‬
he slaughtered ُ‫ح‬‫ب‬‫ذ‬
he oppressed ُ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬
he imprisoned, he detained ُ‫س‬‫ب‬‫ح‬
Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic.
1. I wrote.
2. They (P/F) read.
3. You (S/M) found.
4. You (P/F) cooked.
5. They (P/F) cut.
6. We filled.
7. You (P/M) demanded.
8. They (D/M) asked.
9. They (D/F) made.
10. You (S/F) took.
Exercise 2: Translate into Arabic.
1. It (S/M) was eaten.
2. They (P/M) were cut.
3. They (P/F) were made.
4. They (P/F) ran.
5. You (S/M) went.
6. You (P/M) were found.
7. It (S/F) was opened.
8. He was hit.
9. They (P/F) entered.
10. It (S/F) was placed.
Lesson 3
18
Exercise 2: Translate into English and identify the seeghah.
1. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬
2. ُ‫ت‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬
3. ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬
4. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫خ‬‫د‬
5. ُ‫ع‬‫ض‬‫و‬
6. ُِ‫ت‬‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬
7. ‫ا‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬
8. َُّ‫ُّن‬‫ت‬‫د‬‫ج‬‫و‬
9. ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬
10. ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬
11. ُ‫ت‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬
12. ‫ا‬‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬
13. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬
14. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ص‬‫و‬
15. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ه‬
16. ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ع‬‫ج‬‫ر‬
Exercise 3: Translate into English and identify the seeghah.
1. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ض‬
2. ُ‫ت‬‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬‫ن‬
3. ُ‫ت‬ ِ‫ِب‬‫ذ‬
4. ُ‫ت‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ظ‬
5. ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ط‬‫ق‬
6. ُ‫و‬ُِ‫ض‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ت‬
7. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬‫ص‬
8. ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ق‬ِ‫ل‬‫خ‬
9. ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ق‬ِ‫ل‬‫خ‬
10. ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫س‬ِ‫ب‬‫ح‬
11. ُ‫ت‬‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬‫و‬
12. َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ئ‬‫س‬
19
LESSON 4
ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫،ُف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫،ُم‬ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬
Verb, Subject, Object
In Arabic, the word sequence in a verbal sentence is as follows: verb (ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬), then
subject (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬), and finally the object (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬).
ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ (verb) = the action being done.
ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ (subject) = the person doing the action.
ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ (object) = the person or the thing to whom or to which the action is being
done.
Rule: The ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ gets a dammah (or two dammahs as the case may be), and the ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬
gets a fathah (or two fathahs).
Examples:
1. ‘Haamid helped Mahmood.’ In this sentence, the ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ is ‘helped,’ Haamid is
the ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ and Mahmood is the ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬. When translating this sentence into
Arabic, the Arabic word for helped (ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬) will come first followed by the
faa‘il, Hamid (ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ح‬) with two dammahs, and then the maf‘ool, Mahmood
(‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬) with two fathahs. The final sentence will be ‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ُح‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬.
2. ‘A servant (ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬) opened (ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬) a door (ًُ‫َب‬‫َب‬).’ The same order used for the last
example (ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ first, ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ second and ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ last) will apply here. Remember,
the ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ will get two dammahs and the ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ will get two fathahs. The full
sentence will be ًُ‫َب‬‫َُب‬ٌ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫ُخ‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬.
Notes:
 If there is an alif-laam on any word, the tanween (double harakah) at the
end will change to a single harakah (the two fathahs will change to a single
fathah, the two kasrahs will change to a single kasrah, and the two dammahs
will change to a single dammah). Thus, ‘the servant opened the door’ will
be written as ُ‫اب‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫ُاْل‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬. Here, the alif-laam caused the double harakah
to be dropped, and only a single harakah remained.
Lesson 4
20
 Mudaaf and mudaaf ilayhi can combine to form a ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ or a ُ‫م‬ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ . For
example:
ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫َُم‬‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫اب‬‫ب‬
Mahmood’s servant opened the door.
ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُ‫اْل‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬ُُِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬‫َب‬
The servant opened the door of the house.
ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬‫َُب‬‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫َُم‬‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬
Mahmood’s servant opened the door of the house.
In this case, it is important to remember that the mudaaf does not accept an
alif-laam or a tanween. However, the mudaaf ilayhi can accept both.
Moreover, the effect of being a ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ or ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ will show on the mudaaf alone
and not the mudaaf ilayhi.
Word List for Verbs
English Arabic
he read ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬
he stopped (someone) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬
he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬
he defeated ُ‫م‬‫ز‬‫ه‬
he cooked ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬
he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬
he hit; he beat ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬
he worshipped ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬
he broke (something physical) ُ‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬
he tore ُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫خ‬
he helped ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬
he cheated, he deceived ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬
he profited ُ‫ح‬ِ‫ب‬‫ر‬
he heard ُ‫ع‬ِ‫َس‬
he made (someone into someone
or something into something)
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬
ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫،ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫،ُف‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
21
English Arabic
he understood ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ف‬
he remembered ُ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬
he looked (at/towards) ُ‫ر‬‫ظ‬‫ن‬ُُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬()
he broke (something non-
physical)
ُ‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬
he gave an example ) ً‫ال‬‫ث‬‫ُ(م‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬
he separated ُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ف‬
he created, he made; he originated ُ‫ق‬‫ل‬‫خ‬
he was ungrateful; disbelieved ُ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫ك‬
he killed ُ‫ل‬‫ت‬‫ق‬
he sat (down) ُ‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬
he imposed; he made something
obligatory
ُ‫ُ(ع‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ُ‫ل‬)‫ى‬
Word List for Nouns & Particles
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
book ٌُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬
letter ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫س‬ِ‫ر‬ ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ائ‬‫س‬‫ر‬
army ٌُ‫د‬‫ن‬‫ج‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ن‬‫ج‬
girl ٌُ‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬
meat ٌُ‫م‬‫ْل‬ ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ْل‬
uncle (paternal) ُ‫م‬‫ع‬
bread ٌُ‫ز‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ٌُ‫از‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫أ‬
rice ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ز‬‫ر‬
dog ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫ال‬ِ‫ك‬
(drinking) glass ٌُ‫س‬‫أ‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ؤ‬‫ك‬
garment, dress; cloth ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ث‬ ٌُ‫اب‬‫ي‬ِ‫ث‬
friend ٌُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ق‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬‫أ‬
Lesson 4
22
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
mother ُ‫م‬‫أ‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ه‬َّ‫م‬‫أ‬
messenger; prophet ُ‫ر‬ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ر‬
religion ٌُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ ٌُ‫ن‬‫َي‬‫د‬‫أ‬
sky ٌُ‫اء‬‫َس‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫و‬‫َس‬ٌُُ‫ات‬‫او‬‫،َُس‬ٌ‫ات‬‫و‬‫(َس‬)
building; roof ٌُ‫اء‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ب‬‫أ‬
land, earth ٌُ‫ض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬ ٍُ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬،ُ‫ى‬ِ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬
bed; spread; mattress ٌُ‫اش‬‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ش‬ِ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫أ‬
Satan, the Devil ُ‫ان‬‫ط‬‫َّي‬‫لش‬‫ا‬
not ‫ا‬‫م‬
trade ٌُ‫ة‬‫ار‬ ِ‫ِت‬
ear ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ذ‬
heart ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ق‬
transgressor ٌُ‫ق‬ِ‫اس‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ق‬ِ‫اس‬‫ف‬،ٌُُ‫اق‬َّ‫س‬‫ف‬
oath; pledge; promise ٌُ‫د‬‫ه‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ع‬
Muslim ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬
speech ٌُ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ك‬
man ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬
example ٌُ‫ل‬‫ث‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ال‬‫ث‬‫م‬‫أ‬
blessing ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬ ٌُ‫م‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬
sea ُ‫ِب‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ار‬ ِ‫ِب‬
chicken, hen ٌُ‫ة‬‫اج‬‫ج‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫ج‬‫ج‬‫د‬
servant ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬ ٌُ‫َّام‬‫د‬‫خ‬
door ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫و‬‫ب‬
Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic
1. Hameed read a book.
2. Naseer stopped Mahmood.
3. Khalid wrote a letter.
ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫،ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫،ُف‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
23
4. Tariq defeated the army.
5. The girl cooked the meat.
6. The uncle (maternal) ate the bread.
7. I ate the rice.
8. I hit the dog.
9. You (P/M) worshipped Allah.
10. You (S/F) tore the cloth.
11. Hameed’s friend helped Khalid’s grandson (son’s son).
12. The girl’s mother broke the glass.
Exercise 2: Translate into English and identify the ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬, ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬, and ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬, where
applicable.
1. ُ‫ُهللا‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬‫ا‬ً‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُُم‬ُُ‫ىُهللا‬َّ‫ل‬‫(ص‬ُ)‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫ُس‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ًُُ‫َل‬‫و‬‫س‬َّ‫ر‬
2. ُ‫ُهللا‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬ُِ‫ُال‬‫ا‬ً‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُد‬‫م‬‫ال‬‫س‬
3. ُ‫ع‬‫ج‬ُ‫ل‬ُُ‫هللا‬ُُ‫اْل‬َّ‫ُو‬ً‫اء‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫آء‬‫م‬َّ‫الس‬‫ا‬ً‫اش‬‫ر‬ِ‫ُف‬‫ض‬‫ر‬
4. ُ‫ط‬‫َّي‬‫ُالش‬‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ُِ‫ُال‬‫ان‬ُ‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬
5. ُ‫ت‬ ِ‫ِب‬‫اُر‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫ت‬ُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬
6. ُ‫ت‬‫ع‬ِ‫َس‬ُُ‫ا‬ُ‫ْل‬ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ع‬‫ُو‬‫ان‬‫ذ‬ُُ‫ا‬ُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ل‬
7. ُ‫د‬‫ه‬‫ُع‬‫ق‬ِ‫اس‬‫ف‬‫ُال‬‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬ُِ‫هللا‬ُِ‫ُهللا‬‫م‬‫ال‬‫ُك‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ع‬ِ‫َُس‬‫ُو‬
8. ًُ‫ال‬‫ث‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ُر‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬
9. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ف‬‫اُك‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ُهللا‬‫ة‬‫م‬‫ع‬ِ‫اُن‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬
10. ُ‫ر‬‫ح‬‫ب‬‫اُال‬‫ن‬‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ف‬
11. ُ‫ذ‬ُ‫ة‬‫اج‬‫َّج‬‫ُالد‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ِب‬ُُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫م‬‫ت‬ُُ‫م‬‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
25
LESSON 5
ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ُُ‫ال‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ة‬
Prepositions
The following particles are used as prepositions in Arabic. They occur quite
frequently.
Table 5.1
Prepositions ( ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ُُ‫ال‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ة‬ )
in; regarding ُِ‫ف‬ with; at ُِ‫ب‬
from; than ُ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ to; up to ُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬
on; upon ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ى‬ for; belongs to ُ ِ‫ل‬
as, like ُ‫ك‬ up to, until ُ‫ت‬‫ح‬
about; from; regarding ُ‫ن‬‫ع‬ by (for oath) ُ‫و‬
The words that come after these prepositions end with a kasrah on the final letter.
Below, we give examples of each of these.
ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ز‬ُُِ‫ف‬ُُِ‫ر‬‫َّا‬‫الد‬ = Zayd is in the house.
ُِ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ل‬ِ‫َُب‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ = I wrote with the pen.
ُِ‫إ‬ُ ِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ُ‫ل‬ُُِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ال‬ = from the house to the mosque
ُ‫ل‬‫ُع‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ُز‬‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬ُِ‫س‬‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ىُال‬ُِ‫ي‬ = Zayd sat on the chair.
ٍُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ز‬ِ‫ُل‬‫ة‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ = The car belongs to Zayd.
ٍُ‫د‬‫س‬‫أ‬‫ُك‬‫د‬‫مح‬‫أ‬ = Ahmad is like a lion.
ُ‫ت‬ ِ‫ِن‬َُّ‫ت‬‫ح‬ُُِ‫ح‬‫ب‬ُّ‫الص‬ = I slept until the morning.
ُِ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ُال‬ِ‫ن‬‫ُع‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫أ‬‫س‬ = She asked about the book.
ُِ‫هللا‬‫و‬ = By Allah!
Besides the ten prepositions listed above, there are seven other prepositions that
occur less frequently. Since they do occur; therefore, it is appropriate to mention
them as well. They are as follows:
1. ُ‫ت‬: by (for oath). This is specific with Allah, the Exalted. Example: ُِ‫هللا‬‫ت‬ –
By Allah!
Lesson 5
26
2 & 3. ُ‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُ‫و‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫ن‬‫م‬: since. These are used to define a time period. Example: ُ‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ه‬‫اُذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫إ‬ُ‫ل‬ُ
ُِ‫ة‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُاْل‬ِ‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬‫ذ‬‫ن‬‫ُم‬ِ‫ة‬‫س‬‫ر‬‫د‬‫م‬‫ال‬ – I have not gone to the school since Friday.
4. َُّ‫ب‬‫ر‬: many a, so many. The noun used after َُّ‫ب‬‫ر‬ is always singular. Example:
ُ‫ص‬‫ُن‬ٍ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ُر‬َّ‫ب‬‫ر‬ُ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫ر‬ – I helped so many men.
5. ُ‫ال‬‫خ‬: besides, except. Example: ُ‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫ُاْل‬‫ت‬ٍُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ُز‬‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫ال‬‫ف‬‫ط‬ – I taught the children
except Zayd.
6. ‫ا‬‫اش‬‫ح‬: besides, except. Example: ‫و‬ٍ‫ر‬‫م‬‫اُع‬‫اش‬‫ُح‬‫ال‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬‫ُال‬‫ت‬‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ – I stopped the men
except ‘Amr.
7. ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ع‬: besides, except. Example: ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫اُخ‬‫د‬‫ُع‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫ُال‬‫اء‬‫ج‬ – The people came except
Khalid.
Word List for Verbs
English Arabic
he went ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬
he killed ُ‫ل‬‫ت‬‫ق‬
he cut ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬
he milked ُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ح‬
he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬
he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬
he asked ُ‫ل‬‫أ‬‫س‬
he made ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬
he looked (at) ُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬(ُ‫ر‬‫ظ‬‫ن‬)
he opened ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬
he sat ُ‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬
he read ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬
it (M) fell ُ‫ع‬‫ق‬‫و‬
it (M) was prescribed (upon) ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ت‬‫ك‬ُُ‫ل‬‫(ع‬)‫ى‬
he broke ُ‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬
27
Word List for Nouns
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
village ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ ًُ‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ى‬
city ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫م‬ ُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫د‬
lion ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫د‬‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫د‬‫س‬
sword ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫س‬
cloth; clothes ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ث‬ ُِ‫ث‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫ي‬
scissors ٌُ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ض‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ق‬‫م‬
cow ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ب‬
milk ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ب‬‫ل‬
large bowl ٌُ‫ة‬‫ع‬‫ص‬‫ق‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ع‬‫ص‬‫،ُق‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ص‬ِ‫ق‬
card ٌُ‫ة‬‫اق‬‫ط‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫اق‬‫ط‬ِ‫ب‬
pencil ٌُ‫م‬‫س‬‫ر‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬ِ‫اس‬‫ر‬‫م‬
biscuit ُ‫ك‬‫ع‬‫ك‬ٌُ‫ة‬ ٌُ‫ك‬‫ع‬‫ك‬
butter ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ب‬‫ز‬
cream ٌُ‫ة‬‫ط‬‫ش‬ِ‫ق‬
teacher ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ذ‬‫ا‬‫ت‬‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ة‬‫ذ‬ِ‫ات‬‫س‬
student ٌُ‫ذ‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ذ‬ِ‫م‬‫ال‬‫،ُت‬
lesson ٌُ‫س‬‫ر‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫د‬
night-time ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬‫ل‬
sleep; sleeping ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ن‬
day-time ٌُ‫ار‬‫ه‬‫ن‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ه‬‫ن‬
buffalo ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ام‬‫ج‬ ُ‫س‬‫ي‬ِ‫ام‬‫و‬‫ج‬
white; whiter ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ض‬‫ي‬‫ب‬
gold ٌُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬
silver ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ض‬ِ‫ف‬
stone ٌُ‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ار‬‫ج‬‫ح‬‫أ‬،ٌُُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ِ‫ح‬
moon ٌُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫ق‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ار‬‫م‬‫ق‬
Lesson 5
28
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
star ٌُ‫م‬‫َن‬ ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫َن‬
lock ٌُ‫ل‬‫ف‬‫ق‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ال‬‫ف‬‫ق‬
key ُِ‫م‬ٌُ‫اح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ح‬‫ي‬ِ‫ات‬‫ف‬‫م‬
garden ُ‫ب‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ت‬‫س‬ ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ات‬‫س‬‫ب‬
grass ٌُ‫ب‬‫ش‬‫ع‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫ش‬‫ع‬
praise ٌُ‫د‬‫مح‬
right guidance ‫ى‬ً‫د‬‫ه‬
people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬
clouds (collective noun) ٌُ‫اب‬‫ح‬‫س‬
something which is under
control
ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫س‬‫م‬
between; among, amidst ُ‫ي‬‫ب‬
sky ٌُ‫اء‬‫َس‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫و‬‫َس‬ُُ‫،َُس‬ٌ‫ات‬‫و‬‫(َس‬)ٌ‫ات‬‫او‬
land, earth ٌُ‫ض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬ ٍُ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬،ُُ‫ْل‬‫ا‬‫ى‬ِ‫اض‬‫ر‬
Friday ُ‫م‬‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ة‬‫ع‬
Saturday ُِ‫ت‬‫ب‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬
Sunday ُ‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫د‬‫ح‬
Monday ُِ‫ي‬‫ن‬‫ث‬ِ‫ُاَل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬
Tuesday َُّ‫ث‬‫ُال‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ء‬‫َث‬‫ال‬
Wednesday
ُ‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫اء‬‫ع‬‫ب‬‫ر‬
ُ‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ب‬‫ر‬ُِ‫اء‬‫ع‬
Thursday ُِ‫س‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬
Jew; Jewish ُ‫ه‬‫ي‬ُ‫ى‬ِ‫د‬‫و‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ي‬
Christian ُِ‫ان‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ ‫ى‬‫ار‬‫ص‬‫ن‬
part, portion ٌُ‫ء‬‫ز‬‫ج‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ز‬‫ج‬
good deed ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫ح‬
world ‫ا‬‫ي‬‫ن‬‫د‬
hereafter ‫آ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬ِ‫خ‬
ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬
29
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
fly ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ب‬ِ‫ذ‬
food ٌُ‫ام‬‫ع‬‫ط‬
ritual prayer (salah) ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ص‬،ُُ‫ل‬‫ص‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫و‬
door ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫و‬‫ب‬
room
ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬
ٌُ‫ة‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬
bed ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ر‬ِ‫س‬
today ُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ا‬
tomorrow ‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫غ‬
yesterday ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫س‬‫م‬
Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic
1. Zayd went from the village to the city.
2. Mahmood killed the lion with the sword.
3. I cut the cloth with the scissors.
4. She milked the cow’s milk in the bowl.
5. You (S/M) put the shirt and the pants (one pair) in the box.
6. You (P/M) wrote on the cards with pencils.
7. They (P/F) ate biscuits with butter and cream.
8. By Allah (oath).
9. The teacher asked the students about the lesson.
10. Allah made the night-time for sleeping and the day-time for working.
11. Buffalo’s milk is whiter than cow’s milk.
12. Gold and silver are like stones to Zahid.
13. I looked towards the moon and the stars.
14. They (P/M) opened the lock with the key.
15. We went to the garden and we sat on the grass.
Exercise 2: Translate into English
1. ُِِ‫ُِل‬‫د‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬
2. ُِ‫َّاس‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ىُل‬ً‫د‬‫ُه‬ِ‫آن‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ُال‬ ِ‫ِف‬
3. ُ‫اْل‬‫ُو‬ِ‫آء‬‫م‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫ي‬‫ُب‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫س‬‫ُم‬‫اب‬‫ح‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ُِ‫ض‬‫ر‬
Lesson 5
30
4. ُُُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ت‬‫ب‬َّ‫الس‬ُُ‫ُو‬ِ‫د‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ُ‫اْل‬ُِ‫د‬‫ح‬ُ‫ى‬‫ار‬‫َّص‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬
5. ُ‫ر‬‫ق‬ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ة‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫اْل‬‫ُو‬ ِ‫س‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ُاْل‬ِ‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬ ِ‫ُِف‬ِ‫آن‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ُال‬‫ن‬ِ‫اُم‬ً‫ء‬‫ز‬‫ُج‬‫ت‬
6. ُ‫ُال‬ ِ‫ِف‬َّ‫ُو‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫اُح‬‫ي‬‫ُّن‬‫ُالد‬ ِ‫ُِف‬ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫ُح‬ِ‫ة‬‫ر‬ِ‫خ‬
7. ُِ‫ام‬‫ع‬َّ‫ط‬‫ُال‬ ِ‫ُِف‬‫ب‬‫َب‬ُّ‫ُالذ‬‫ع‬‫ق‬‫و‬
8. ُ‫ل‬‫ُع‬‫ة‬‫لو‬َّ‫ُالص‬ ِ‫ت‬‫ب‬ِ‫ت‬‫ك‬ُِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ىُال‬
9. ‫ُا‬‫ب‬‫اَُب‬‫و‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُ‫و‬‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ي‬‫ن‬‫ث‬ِ‫ُاَل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬ِ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ْل‬َُّ‫ث‬‫ُال‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫لى‬‫اُع‬ُ‫َث‬‫ال‬ُِ‫ء‬
31
LESSON 6
‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ُِ‫ائ‬ُ‫ر‬
Pronouns
A pronoun is called ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ in Arabic. Its plural is ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬‫ض‬. There are a number of
different types of pronouns in Arabic. We are listing below those pronouns that are
unattached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫م‬). These dameers are not joined to any word but appear as
separate words. They can appear as mubtada. These should be memorized.
Table 6.1
Unattached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫م‬) Pronouns
Person Gender Plurality
Pronouns
English Arabic
Third
Person
(ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular he ُ‫و‬‫ه‬
Dual they ‫ا‬‫ُه‬
Plural they ُ‫م‬‫ه‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular she ُِ‫ه‬ُ‫ي‬
Dual they ‫ا‬‫ُه‬
Plural they َُّ‫ن‬‫ه‬
Second
Person
(ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬)
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular you ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ت‬‫ن‬
Dual you ُ‫أ‬‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ن‬
Plural you ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ن‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular you ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ت‬‫ن‬
Dual you ُ‫أ‬‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ن‬
Plural you ُ‫أ‬َُّ‫ت‬‫ن‬
First
Person
( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ )
Masculine/
Feminine
Singular I ُ‫أ‬ُ‫َن‬
Masculine/
Feminine
Dual/
Plural
we ُ‫ن‬‫َن‬
Lesson 6
32
Below, we list the attached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫َّص‬‫ت‬‫م‬) dameers. They are also called possessive (ُِ‫اف‬‫ض‬ِ‫إ‬)
and objective (ُِ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬) dameers. By possessive, we mean those pronouns, which
indicate possession ( ُ‫اف‬‫ض‬ِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ة‬ ); and by objective we mean those pronouns, which refer to
the object (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬).
Table 6.2
Attached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ت‬‫م‬) Pronouns
Person Gender Plurality
Pronouns
English Arabic
Third
Person
(ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular his, him ‫ه‬
Dual their, them ‫ا‬‫ُه‬
Plural their, them ُ‫م‬‫ه‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular hers, her ‫ا‬‫ه‬
Dual their, them ‫ا‬‫ُه‬
Plural their, them َُّ‫ن‬‫ه‬
Second
Person
(ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬)
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular your, you ُ‫ك‬
Dual your, you ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ك‬
Plural your, you ُ‫م‬‫ك‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular your, you ُِ‫ك‬
Dual your, you ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ك‬
Plural your, you َُّ‫ن‬‫ك‬
First
Person
( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ )
Masculine/
Feminine
Singular my, me ُ‫ي‬ُ،ُُِ‫ن‬
Masculine/
Feminine
Dual/
Plural
ours, us ُ‫َن‬
‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬
33
Examples of Usage of Unattached Dameers
ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ُز‬‫و‬‫ه‬ – He is Zayd.
ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُط‬‫َن‬ – I am a student.
ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫َُم‬‫ت‬‫ن‬‫أ‬ – You are hardworking.
Examples of Usage of Attached Dameers
These pronouns can come after nouns, verbs and particles as shown in the examples
below.
1. After a noun, showing attribution/possession (ٌُ‫ة‬‫اف‬‫ض‬ِ‫إ‬):
ُ‫ه‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ – his (S/M) pen
ُ‫ك‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ – your (S/M) book
ُِ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ – my book
‫ا‬‫ه‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ – her (S/F) book.
2. After a verb, indicating the object (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬):
ُ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ – I helped him
ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ر‬‫م‬ – I commanded you
ُِ‫ن‬‫ت‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ – you (S/M) helped me.
3. After a particle:
ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ – in it
ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ – for him
ُِ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ن‬ – from you (S/M)
ُِ‫إ‬‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ – to/towards us
ُ‫م‬‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ – indeed you (P/M)
ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ – on him.
Word List for Verbs
English Arabic
he rode ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ك‬‫ر‬
he broke ُ‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬
he fell ُ‫ط‬‫ق‬‫س‬
he stopped (someone) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬
Lesson 6
34
Word List for Nouns & Particles
English Arabic
he raised (someone or something) ُ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬
he played ُِ‫ع‬‫ل‬ُ‫ب‬
he looked ُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬(ُ‫ر‬‫ظ‬‫ن‬)
he worshipped ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬
he remembered ُ‫ذ‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ر‬
he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬
he provided livelihood/sustenance ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ز‬ُ‫ق‬
he sealed, he put a seal ُ‫ت‬‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
he cheated, he deceived ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬
he left; he abandoned ُ‫ر‬‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬
he snatched ُ‫ط‬‫خ‬ُ‫ف‬
he created ُ‫ق‬‫ل‬‫خ‬
he presented ُ‫ر‬‫ع‬ُ‫ض‬
he took ُ‫أ‬ُ‫خ‬ُ‫ذ‬
he did (good deeds); he acted
(righteously)
ُ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬‫ع‬ُ()‫ا‬ً
ِ‫اْل‬‫ص‬
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
father ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ء‬‫َب‬
mother ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ات‬‫ه‬َّ‫م‬
tongue ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫س‬ِ‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬ِ‫س‬‫ل‬
head ٌُ‫س‬‫أ‬‫ر‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ؤ‬‫ر‬
nose ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ن‬
hand ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ ُ‫أ‬ٍُ‫د‬‫ي‬،ُُ‫ْل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫د‬‫ي‬ُ‫ي‬
tooth )‫ن‬ِ‫ُ(س‬ٌ‫ن‬ِ‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ن‬‫س‬
chest ٌُ‫ر‬‫د‬‫ص‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫و‬‫د‬‫ص‬
‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬
35
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
handkerchief ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫اد‬‫ن‬‫م‬
car ٌُ‫ة‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬
bicycle ٌُ‫ة‬‫اج‬َّ‫ر‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫اج‬َّ‫ر‬‫د‬
shoe ٌُ‫اء‬‫ذ‬ِ‫ح‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ح‬
foot ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬،ٌُُ‫م‬‫د‬‫ق‬ُ
ball ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ر‬‫ك‬
mango ُ‫ن‬‫،ُم‬‫ج‬‫ب‬‫ن‬‫ا‬ُ‫و‬‫ج‬
apple ٌُ‫ة‬‫َّاح‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫َّاح‬‫ف‬‫ت‬
garden ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ت‬‫س‬‫ب‬
melon, watermelon ٌُ‫خ‬‫ي‬ِ‫ط‬ِ‫ب‬
cucumber ٌُ‫َّاء‬‫ث‬ِ‫ق‬
field; arable land ٌُ‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫ح‬
heart ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ق‬
hearing; also used for ears ٌُ‫ع‬‫َس‬
eyesight; glance; also used for
eyes
ٌُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ب‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ار‬‫ص‬‫ب‬
veil, covering ٌُ‫ة‬‫او‬‫ش‬ِ‫غ‬
themselves ُ‫م‬‫ه‬‫س‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫أ‬
darkness ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ُُ‫ل‬‫(ظ‬ُ‫م‬)ٌ‫ت‬
lightning ٌُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ب‬
Lord ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬
fuel ٌُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫و‬
people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬
stone ٌُ‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ِ‫ح‬
husband; wife; spouse ٌُ‫ج‬‫و‬‫ز‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اج‬‫و‬‫ز‬
clean, pure (F) ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬َّ‫ه‬‫ط‬‫م‬
angel ُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ال‬‫م‬
Lesson 6
36
Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic
1. My father
2. His mother
3. Her tongue
4. Your (S/M) head
5. Your (S/F) nose
6. My hand
7. Their (P/F) teeth
8. His chest
9. Our handkerchief
10. I rode in your (S/M) car.
11. She broke my bike.
12. The shoe fell off your (S/M) foot.
13. I stopped them (P/F).
14. They (P/M) raised me.
15. You (P/M) played with the ball.
16. They (D/M) looked at me.
17. You (D/F) worshipped Him.
18. My mother remembered me yesterday.
19. You (S/M) ate a mango and an apple in your garden and you ate a watermelon
and a cucumber in your field.
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
covenant ٌُ‫اق‬‫ث‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫اث‬‫و‬‫م‬
above ُ‫ق‬‫و‬‫ف‬
Mount Sinai ٌُ‫ر‬‫و‬‫ط‬
color ٌُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬
bright yellow ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫اق‬‫ف‬
whoever ُ‫ن‬‫م‬
then; so; therefore;
sometimes, it is not translated
ُ‫ف‬
compensation, reward ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫و‬‫ج‬
with ُ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫ع‬
‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬
37
Exercise 2: Translate into English
1. ُ‫م‬‫اه‬‫ن‬‫ق‬‫ز‬‫ر‬
2. ُ‫ل‬‫ُع‬‫ُهللا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫خ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ُو‬‫م‬ِِ‫ِب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ىُق‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬‫ىَُس‬
3. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫ىُأ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫او‬‫ش‬ِ‫ُغ‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ص‬‫ب‬
4. ُ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬‫ه‬‫س‬‫ف‬‫ن‬
5. ٍُ‫ت‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ُظ‬ ِ‫ُِف‬‫م‬‫ه‬‫ك‬‫ر‬‫ت‬
6. ُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ف‬‫ط‬‫خ‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬‫ه‬‫ار‬‫ص‬‫ب‬
7. ُ‫م‬‫ك‬‫ق‬‫ل‬‫ُخ‬‫م‬‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬‫ُر‬َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ا‬
8. ُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ِ‫اْل‬‫ُو‬‫َّاس‬‫ن‬‫اُال‬‫ه‬‫د‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫و‬
9. ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ُف‬‫م‬‫َل‬ُ‫ا‬‫ه‬ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬َّ‫ه‬‫ط‬ُّ‫ُم‬ٌ‫اج‬‫و‬‫ز‬
10. ُ‫ل‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫لى‬‫ُع‬‫م‬‫ه‬‫ض‬‫ر‬‫ع‬ُِ‫ة‬‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬
11. ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫و‬ُّ‫ط‬‫ُال‬‫م‬‫ك‬‫ق‬‫و‬‫اُف‬‫ن‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫م‬‫ك‬‫اق‬‫ث‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُم‬‫َن‬‫ذ‬‫خ‬
12. ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫اق‬‫اُف‬‫ه‬‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬
13. ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬‫اُف‬ً
ِ‫اْل‬‫ُص‬‫ل‬ِ‫م‬‫ُع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫ج‬ُ‫ه‬
39
LESSON 7
ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ل‬ُُ‫ال‬ُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬
Present and Future Tense Verb
We have already discussed the past tense verb and pronouns. In this lesson, we will
discuss ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ which is equivalent to present and future tense. ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ (past tense)
and ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ُ (present/future tense), as well as ُ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ُِ‫ائ‬ُ‫ر‬ (pronouns) are the foundations
of the Arabic language. These should be memorized properly. This will make all
future lessons much easier. We are listing below the conjugations (verb forms) of
ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ (present and future tense verb) in active voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬).
Table 7.1
Verb Forms of (ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬) in Active Voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬)
Person Gender Plurality English Arabic
Third
Person
(ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular
He/It is doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬
Dual
They are doing or
will do
ُ‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
They are doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular
She/It is doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬
Dual
They are doing or
will do
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
They are doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬
Second
Person
(ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬)
Masculine
(ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬)
Singular
You are doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬
Dual
You are doing or
will do
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
You are doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬
Lesson 7
40
Table 7.1 Continued
Before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 7.1 would be written in
Arabic. This is as follows:
Table 7.1a
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ال‬ُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ال‬
Second
Person
(ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬)
Feminine
(ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬
Singular
You are doing or
will do
ُِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬
Dual
You are doing or
will do
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
You are doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬
First
Person
( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ )
Masculine/
Feminine
Singular
I am doing or will
do
ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Masculine/
Feminine
Dual/
Plural
We are doing or
will do
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬
ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ُُ‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬
ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬
ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬
41
Creating Passive Voice ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
In lesson 3, we discussed the method of converting ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ف‬ (past tense active
voice) to ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (past tense passive voice). Now, we discuss the method of
converting ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ from active to passive voice. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬, which means “he does or will
do,” is in active voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬). To convert this ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ٌُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬ to ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ , we
give the first letter a dammah and the third letter a fathah. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ becomes ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬, ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ض‬‫ت‬
becomes ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬‫ت‬, ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ becomes ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬, ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ becomes ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ , and so on.
Table 7.2
Verb Forms of ( ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ُُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬ ) in Passive Voice (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫)َم‬
Person Gender Plurality English Arabic
Third
Person
ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫(غ‬)
Masculine
)ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫(م‬
Singular
He/It is being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬
Dual
They are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
They are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬
Feminine
)ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫(م‬
Singular
She/It is being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬
Dual
They are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
They are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬
Second
Person
ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫(ح‬)
Masculine
)ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫(م‬
Singular
You are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬
Dual
You are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
You are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬
Feminine
)ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫(م‬
Singular
You are being done
or will be done
ُِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬
Dual
You are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬
Plural
You are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬
Lesson 7
42
Table 7.2 continued
First
Person
ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫(م‬)ٌ‫م‬
Masculine/
Feminine
Singular
I am being done or
will be done
ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬
Masculine/
Feminine
Dual/
Plural
We are being done
or will be done
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬
Before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 7.2 would be written in
Arabic. This is as follows:
Table 7.2a
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ال‬ُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ُُ‫ال‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬
ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬
ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ُُ‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬
ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬
ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬
ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬
43
Note: When a passive verb is used, the ُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (subject) is not mentioned. Rather, the
ُ‫م‬ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (object) takes the place of the ُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (subject) and is called ُ‫َن‬ُِ‫ئ‬ُ‫ب‬ُُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٍُ‫ل‬ (subject of
the passive verb) or ُ‫ق‬ُِ‫ائ‬ٌُ‫م‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ق‬ُ‫ام‬ُُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٍُ‫ل‬ (substitute subject). Since it takes the place of the
ُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ , it also gets a dammah.
Examples:
ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ : ُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫و‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ض‬ – The boy was hit.
ُ‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ُال‬ ِ‫ت‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬‫م‬ – The woman was stopped.
ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ : ُ‫اب‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ – The door will be opened.
ُ‫ار‬‫د‬ِ‫ُاْل‬‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬‫ي‬ – The wall will be broken.
Note: In the tables above, the first letter of each seeghah of ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ , both ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬ and
ُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ , is called ُِ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫ح‬ (plural: ُ‫ح‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ُِ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ف‬ ). As can be seen in the table, these
are ‫ي‬, ‫ت‬, ‫أ‬, and ‫ن‬.
Relationship between the Seeghahs of ُ‫اض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ and ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Before we move on, it will be useful to keep in mind that the ‘ayn kalimah of the
ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ of a ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ and ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ can vary in a number of different ways. It
can have a fathah, kasrah or dammah in ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ and/or ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ . It is beyond the
scope of this book to discuss all of these combinations. However, at this stage, it is,
nevertheless, important to take note of the harakah on the ‘ayn kalimah of any given
ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ and its corresponding ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ .
Word List for Verbs
English
(for past tense)
Arabic
ُ‫اض‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬
he went ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬
he wandered about ُ‫ه‬ِ‫م‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬‫م‬‫ع‬‫ي‬
he made (someone into someone or
something into something)
ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫َي‬
he came to know ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ع‬ ُ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ي‬
Lesson 7
44
English
(for past tense)
Arabic
ُ‫اض‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬
he worshipped ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬ ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ي‬
he realized; he became aware ُ‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ش‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ش‬‫ي‬
he heard ُ‫ع‬ِ‫َس‬ ُ‫ع‬‫م‬‫س‬‫ي‬
he played ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ع‬‫ل‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ل‬‫ي‬
he wore ُ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬‫ل‬ ُ‫س‬‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ي‬
he became sad, he grieved ُ‫ح‬ُِ‫ز‬ُ‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ز‬‫َي‬
he slaughtered ُ‫ح‬‫ب‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ح‬‫ب‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬
he drank ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ش‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ش‬‫ي‬
he read ‫ق‬‫ر‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ر‬َ ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ي‬
he cooked ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬ ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬‫ي‬
he made (something) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬‫ي‬
he stopped (someone) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫َي‬
he opened ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬
he washed ُ‫س‬‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ُ‫ل‬ِ‫س‬‫غ‬‫ي‬
he laughed ُ‫ك‬ ِ‫ح‬‫ض‬ ُ‫ك‬‫ح‬‫ض‬‫ي‬
he was angry (with someone) ُ‫ل‬‫ُ(ع‬‫ط‬ِ‫خ‬‫س‬ُ‫ال‬‫ىُف‬)ٍ‫ن‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ُ(ع‬‫ط‬‫خ‬‫س‬‫ي‬ُ‫ىُف‬)ٍ‫ن‬‫ال‬
he broke (something non-physical);
he nullified
ُ‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬‫ي‬
he commanded, he ordered ُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫أ‬ ُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫َي‬
he concealed ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫ي‬
he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫ي‬
he cut ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬‫ي‬
he helped ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬‫ي‬
he deceived, he cheated ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫َي‬
he colored, he dyed ُ‫غ‬‫ب‬‫ص‬ ُ‫غ‬‫ب‬‫ص‬‫ي‬
he raised ُ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫ي‬
he sent ُ‫ث‬‫ع‬‫ب‬ ُ‫ث‬‫ع‬‫ب‬‫ي‬
ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬
45
English
(for past tense)
Arabic
ُ‫اض‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬
he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫َي‬
he remembered; he mentioned ُ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬
Word List for Nouns & Particles
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
food ٌُ‫ام‬‫ع‬‫ط‬
newspaper ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ر‬‫ج‬
potato ‫ا‬‫اط‬‫ط‬‫ب‬
tea ٌُ‫اي‬‫ش‬
spoon ٌُ‫ة‬‫ق‬‫ع‬‫ل‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ق‬ِ‫ع‬‫ال‬‫م‬
lock ٌُ‫ل‬‫ف‬‫ق‬
key ٌُ‫اح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ِ‫م‬
washerman ٌُ‫ار‬َّ‫ص‬‫ق‬
cloth; clothes ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ث‬ ُِ‫ث‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫ي‬
pond, pool ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫غ‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫د‬‫غ‬
laughter ٌُ‫ك‬‫ح‬‫ض‬،ٌُُ‫ك‬‫ح‬ِ‫ض‬
friend ٌُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬
house ٌُ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬
prayer leader; leader ٌُ‫ام‬‫م‬ِ‫إ‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ِ‫ئ‬‫أ‬
people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬
what?; do…?; will…?; etc.
(depending on the context)
ُ‫أ‬ُ،ُُ‫ل‬‫ه‬
sinfulness ٌُ‫ق‬‫س‬ِ‫ف‬
disbelief, infidelity ٌُ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫ك‬
today ُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ا‬
tommorrow ‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫غ‬
Lesson 7
46
English
Arabic
Singular Plural
day after tomorrow ٍُ‫د‬‫ُغ‬‫د‬‫ع‬‫ب‬
a year ago ٍُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ُس‬‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ق‬
day before yesterday ُِ‫س‬‫م‬‫ُاْل‬‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ق‬
letter ُ‫س‬ِ‫ر‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬
paternal uncle ُ‫م‬‫ع‬
fear ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫خ‬
promise; pledge ٌُ‫د‬‫ه‬‫ع‬
that, which ‫ا‬‫م‬
piety, righteousness ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬
that; to ُ‫ن‬‫أ‬
cow ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ب‬
speech ٌُ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ك‬
rope ٌُ‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ال‬‫ب‬ِ‫ح‬
remembrance ٌُ‫ر‬‫ك‬ِ‫ذ‬
prophet ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬‫ر‬،ُُِ‫ب‬‫ن‬
fruit ٌُ‫ة‬‫ه‬ِ‫اك‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ه‬ِ‫اك‬‫و‬
library ُ‫ُال‬‫ة‬‫ان‬‫ز‬‫،ُخ‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫م‬ُِ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫م‬ُ،ُِ‫ات‬‫ك‬‫م‬ُ‫ب‬
magazine ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬‫َم‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ال‬‫َم‬
article; essay ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ق‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫اَل‬‫ق‬‫م‬
Exercise 1: Translate into English
1. ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬‫أ‬
2. ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫م‬‫ع‬‫ي‬
3. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫َي‬
4. ُ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫أ‬
5. ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ن‬
6. ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ش‬‫ت‬
7. ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫م‬‫س‬‫ت‬
8. ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ل‬
9. ُ‫ن‬‫س‬‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ي‬
10. ُِ‫ن‬‫َن‬‫ز‬‫َت‬
11. ُِ‫ان‬‫ِب‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬
12. ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ش‬‫أ‬
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org

More Related Content

What's hot

Groups of the Arabic Verbs
Groups of the Arabic VerbsGroups of the Arabic Verbs
Groups of the Arabic Verbs
Mohammad Shamsul Hoque Siddique
 
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Mohamed ZAIM
 
Halaqa makhaarij tajweed easy ruls
Halaqa makhaarij tajweed easy rulsHalaqa makhaarij tajweed easy ruls
Halaqa makhaarij tajweed easy ruls
learning quran online
 
عربي
عربيعربي
عربي
malakgh
 
Tajweed powerpoint presentation
Tajweed powerpoint presentationTajweed powerpoint presentation
Tajweed powerpoint presentation
BananMahmaljyObeid
 
Introduction to Tajweed
Introduction to TajweedIntroduction to Tajweed
Introduction to Tajweed
BananMahmaljyObeid
 
The madd
The maddThe madd
The madd
Moshira Bahaa
 
المقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجا
المقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجاالمقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجا
المقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجا
سمير بسيوني
 
Heavy and light letters
Heavy and light lettersHeavy and light letters
Heavy and light letters
Moshira Bahaa
 
Madina arabic-worksheet1
Madina arabic-worksheet1Madina arabic-worksheet1
Madina arabic-worksheet1
Sonali Jannat
 
علاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانية
علاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانيةعلاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانية
علاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانية
Azhar Abd Rahman
 
Arabic for non arabic speakers
Arabic for non arabic speakersArabic for non arabic speakers
Arabic for non arabic speakers
University Hospital Sharjah
 
Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)
Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)
Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)
Zaffer Khan
 
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their CuresDiseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
Islamic Library
 
Lesson nine presentation 2019 for slide share
Lesson nine presentation 2019 for slide shareLesson nine presentation 2019 for slide share
Lesson nine presentation 2019 for slide share
Zahira Bachelani
 
Easy arabic grammar
Easy arabic grammarEasy arabic grammar
Easy arabic grammar
Sonali Jannat
 
Tajweed the Science of Beautifying the Quran
Tajweed the Science of Beautifying the QuranTajweed the Science of Beautifying the Quran
Tajweed the Science of Beautifying the Quran
Tayseerulquran Online Institute
 

What's hot (20)

Groups of the Arabic Verbs
Groups of the Arabic VerbsGroups of the Arabic Verbs
Groups of the Arabic Verbs
 
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
 
Halaqa makhaarij tajweed easy ruls
Halaqa makhaarij tajweed easy rulsHalaqa makhaarij tajweed easy ruls
Halaqa makhaarij tajweed easy ruls
 
عربي
عربيعربي
عربي
 
First Lesson
First LessonFirst Lesson
First Lesson
 
Tajweed powerpoint presentation
Tajweed powerpoint presentationTajweed powerpoint presentation
Tajweed powerpoint presentation
 
Introduction to Tajweed
Introduction to TajweedIntroduction to Tajweed
Introduction to Tajweed
 
The madd
The maddThe madd
The madd
 
المقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجا
المقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجاالمقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجا
المقطوع والموصول بين رسم المصحف والأداء اللغوي مصحف المدينة نموذجا
 
Heavy and light letters
Heavy and light lettersHeavy and light letters
Heavy and light letters
 
introduction to Tajweed
introduction to Tajweedintroduction to Tajweed
introduction to Tajweed
 
Madina arabic-worksheet1
Madina arabic-worksheet1Madina arabic-worksheet1
Madina arabic-worksheet1
 
علاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانية
علاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانيةعلاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانية
علاقات المجاز المرسل ثمانية
 
Arabic for non arabic speakers
Arabic for non arabic speakersArabic for non arabic speakers
Arabic for non arabic speakers
 
Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)
Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)
Medina Arabic - book 1 (translated notes)
 
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their CuresDiseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
 
Lesson nine presentation 2019 for slide share
Lesson nine presentation 2019 for slide shareLesson nine presentation 2019 for slide share
Lesson nine presentation 2019 for slide share
 
Easy arabic grammar
Easy arabic grammarEasy arabic grammar
Easy arabic grammar
 
Tajweed rules
Tajweed rulesTajweed rules
Tajweed rules
 
Tajweed the Science of Beautifying the Quran
Tajweed the Science of Beautifying the QuranTajweed the Science of Beautifying the Quran
Tajweed the Science of Beautifying the Quran
 

Viewers also liked

BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...
BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...
BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...
إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran   arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran   arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...
إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
En adab al-mufrad
En adab al-mufradEn adab al-mufrad
En adab al-mufrad
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Ghayat ultahqeqrashedia
Ghayat ultahqeqrashediaGhayat ultahqeqrashedia
Ghayat ultahqeqrashedia
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Taiseer mustalih al hadith
Taiseer mustalih al hadithTaiseer mustalih al hadith
Taiseer mustalih al hadith
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Al hidayahvol8albushra
Al hidayahvol8albushraAl hidayahvol8albushra
Al hidayahvol8albushra
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Jahanam m le jane wale amal2
Jahanam m le jane wale amal2Jahanam m le jane wale amal2
Jahanam m le jane wale amal2
Sunni Shan
 
Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...
Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...
Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...
Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...
Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Fatwa uthaimeen - Zakat
Fatwa uthaimeen - ZakatFatwa uthaimeen - Zakat
Fatwa uthaimeen - Zakat
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Aakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaat
Aakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaatAakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaat
Aakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaat
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Shahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Shahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.orgShahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Shahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...
Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...
Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Maut kyahai
Maut kyahaiMaut kyahai
Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library || www.australiani...
Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library ||  www.australiani...Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library ||  www.australiani...
Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library || www.australiani...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Janat ki horien
Janat ki horienJanat ki horien
Janat ki horien
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...
Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...
Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...
Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...
Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Our belief-concerning-the-sahabah
Our belief-concerning-the-sahabahOur belief-concerning-the-sahabah
Our belief-concerning-the-sahabah
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...
Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...
Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 

Viewers also liked (20)

BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...
BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...
BOOK DIGITIZATION AND DIGITAL ISLAMIC LIBRARIES – A CASE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN ...
 
إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...
إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran   arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran   arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...
إمعان في أقسام القرآن (Aqsam al quran arabic) || Australian Islamic Library...
 
En adab al-mufrad
En adab al-mufradEn adab al-mufrad
En adab al-mufrad
 
Ghayat ultahqeqrashedia
Ghayat ultahqeqrashediaGhayat ultahqeqrashedia
Ghayat ultahqeqrashedia
 
Taiseer mustalih al hadith
Taiseer mustalih al hadithTaiseer mustalih al hadith
Taiseer mustalih al hadith
 
Al hidayahvol8albushra
Al hidayahvol8albushraAl hidayahvol8albushra
Al hidayahvol8albushra
 
Jahanam m le jane wale amal2
Jahanam m le jane wale amal2Jahanam m le jane wale amal2
Jahanam m le jane wale amal2
 
Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...
Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...
Meeting Needs for Muslim Children in State Schools || Australian Islamic Libr...
 
Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...
Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...
Islamic Way of Life (Syed Maudodi) || Australian Islamic Library || www.austr...
 
Fatwa uthaimeen - Zakat
Fatwa uthaimeen - ZakatFatwa uthaimeen - Zakat
Fatwa uthaimeen - Zakat
 
Aakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaat
Aakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaatAakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaat
Aakhirat kay ajeeb o ghareeb halaat
 
Shahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Shahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.orgShahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
Shahd se ilaj || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org
 
Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...
Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...
Rasool Allah PBUH Ke Alwidai Kalimat || Australian Islamic Library || www.aus...
 
Maut kyahai
Maut kyahaiMaut kyahai
Maut kyahai
 
Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library || www.australiani...
Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library ||  www.australiani...Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library ||  www.australiani...
Gradual prohibition of riba || Australian Islamic Library || www.australiani...
 
Janat ki horien
Janat ki horienJanat ki horien
Janat ki horien
 
Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...
Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...
Fatwa Naweesi aur Ulama e Ahl e Hadith || Australian Islamic Library || www.a...
 
Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...
Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...
Tarbiyat e Aulad ka Nabvi Andaz || Australian Islamic Library || www.australi...
 
Our belief-concerning-the-sahabah
Our belief-concerning-the-sahabahOur belief-concerning-the-sahabah
Our belief-concerning-the-sahabah
 
Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...
Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...
Hayatus(lives of)sahabah vol2-maulanayusufkandlovira (Australian Islamic Libr...
 

Similar to Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org

En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01Arab Muslim
 
En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01
Arab Muslim
 
En childrens course_03
En childrens course_03En childrens course_03
En childrens course_03
Arab Muslim
 
En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02Arab Muslim
 
En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02
Arab Muslim
 
Translatioin manual - dr.enani
Translatioin manual - dr.enaniTranslatioin manual - dr.enani
Translatioin manual - dr.enaniAST-School
 
Basic arabic grammar_a_preview
Basic arabic grammar_a_previewBasic arabic grammar_a_preview
Basic arabic grammar_a_preview
Muhammad Umar
 
Approachtolearnquran
ApproachtolearnquranApproachtolearnquran
Approachtolearnquran
Iffu Slides
 
Audio lingual method slide presentation
Audio lingual method slide presentationAudio lingual method slide presentation
Audio lingual method slide presentationRajabul Gufron
 
4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...
4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...
4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...Light Upon Light
 
Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02
Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02
Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02
Mohammad Ali
 
A guide to_learning_arabic
A guide to_learning_arabicA guide to_learning_arabic
A guide to_learning_arabicShahedur
 
Lift off 3 teacher book
Lift off  3  teacher bookLift off  3  teacher book
Lift off 3 teacher booktamma07
 
The dictionary
The dictionaryThe dictionary
The dictionaryvickytg123
 
The dictionary
The dictionaryThe dictionary
The dictionaryvickytg123
 
The dictionary
The dictionaryThe dictionary
The dictionaryvickytg123
 
Once Is Not Enough
Once Is Not EnoughOnce Is Not Enough
Once Is Not Enough
walklea
 

Similar to Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org (20)

En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01
 
En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01En childrens course_01
En childrens course_01
 
En childrens course_03
En childrens course_03En childrens course_03
En childrens course_03
 
En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02
 
En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02En childrens course_02
En childrens course_02
 
Translatioin manual - dr.enani
Translatioin manual - dr.enaniTranslatioin manual - dr.enani
Translatioin manual - dr.enani
 
Basic arabic grammar_a_preview
Basic arabic grammar_a_previewBasic arabic grammar_a_preview
Basic arabic grammar_a_preview
 
Approachtolearnquran
ApproachtolearnquranApproachtolearnquran
Approachtolearnquran
 
Audio lingual method slide presentation
Audio lingual method slide presentationAudio lingual method slide presentation
Audio lingual method slide presentation
 
Spm module 1119
Spm module 1119 Spm module 1119
Spm module 1119
 
4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...
4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...
4616192 the-present-tense-between-english-and-arabic-a-comparative-by-abdulba...
 
Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02
Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02
Basicarabicgrammarapreview 120717130641-phpapp02
 
Basic arabic grammar_a_preview
Basic arabic grammar_a_previewBasic arabic grammar_a_preview
Basic arabic grammar_a_preview
 
A guide to_learning_arabic
A guide to_learning_arabicA guide to_learning_arabic
A guide to_learning_arabic
 
Lift off 3 teacher book
Lift off  3  teacher bookLift off  3  teacher book
Lift off 3 teacher book
 
The dictionary
The dictionaryThe dictionary
The dictionary
 
The dictionary
The dictionaryThe dictionary
The dictionary
 
The dictionary
The dictionaryThe dictionary
The dictionary
 
Dictionary
DictionaryDictionary
Dictionary
 
Once Is Not Enough
Once Is Not EnoughOnce Is Not Enough
Once Is Not Enough
 

More from Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf

Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...
Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...
Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Hayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic Library
Hayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic LibraryHayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic Library
Hayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic Library
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Ummat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic Library
Ummat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic LibraryUmmat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic Library
Ummat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic Library
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...
Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...
Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...
A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...
A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
English a geographical_history_of_the_quran
English a geographical_history_of_the_quranEnglish a geographical_history_of_the_quran
English a geographical_history_of_the_quran
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Takhasus fil hadith ki zaroorat
Takhasus fil hadith ki zarooratTakhasus fil hadith ki zaroorat
Takhasus fil hadith ki zaroorat
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Chehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.A
Chehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.AChehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.A
Chehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.A
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...
Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...
Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
مستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Research
مستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Researchمستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Research
مستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Research
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
The qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala Maududi
The qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala MaududiThe qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala Maududi
The qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala Maududi
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...
Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...
Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...
Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...
Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...
Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...
Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Arab-o-hind eahd nabvi main
Arab-o-hind eahd nabvi mainArab-o-hind eahd nabvi main
Arab-o-hind eahd nabvi main
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...
Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...
Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
ISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVE
ISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVEISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVE
ISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVE
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Kutub e hadith ki iqsaam (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام) muhammad nabeel musharraf
Kutub e hadith ki iqsaam  (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام)  muhammad nabeel musharrafKutub e hadith ki iqsaam  (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام)  muhammad nabeel musharraf
Kutub e hadith ki iqsaam (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام) muhammad nabeel musharraf
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
Tarjuma ke usool
Tarjuma ke usoolTarjuma ke usool
Tarjuma ke usool
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi
109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi
109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi
Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 

More from Muhammad Nabeel Musharraf (20)

Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...
Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...
Welcoming your newborn - Fiqh of Aqeeqah, naming, tahneeq, circumcision and s...
 
Hayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic Library
Hayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic LibraryHayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic Library
Hayat un Nabi - Molana Shibli Nomani || Australian Islamic Library
 
Ummat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic Library
Ummat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic LibraryUmmat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic Library
Ummat e muslimmah ki pasti ka wahid ilaj || Australian Islamic Library
 
Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...
Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...
Mubadiyat e fiqh (A basic book on Usool in Urdu Language) || Australian Islam...
 
A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...
A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...
A roadmap for studying fiqh of the four sunni schools || Australian Islamic L...
 
English a geographical_history_of_the_quran
English a geographical_history_of_the_quranEnglish a geographical_history_of_the_quran
English a geographical_history_of_the_quran
 
Takhasus fil hadith ki zaroorat
Takhasus fil hadith ki zarooratTakhasus fil hadith ki zaroorat
Takhasus fil hadith ki zaroorat
 
Chehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.A
Chehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.AChehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.A
Chehal Hadees by Mujaddid Alf Sani Sheikh Ahmed Sir Hindi R.A
 
Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...
Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...
Reinvent yourself - Self help book by Yameen ud Din Ahmed || Australian Islam...
 
مستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Research
مستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Researchمستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Research
مستشرقین اور تحقیقات اسلامی || Orientalists and Islamic Research
 
The qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala Maududi
The qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala MaududiThe qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala Maududi
The qadiani problem - Syed Abul Aala Maududi
 
Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...
Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...
Four key concepts from the Quran - Syed Abul Aala Maududi (New design) || Aus...
 
Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...
Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...
Hidayat (Maulana Syed Abul Aala Maududi) - Australian Islamic Library ھدایات ...
 
Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...
Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...
Misbah ul hadith (Dr. Hameed ullah - Punjab University, Lahore) || Australian...
 
Arab-o-hind eahd nabvi main
Arab-o-hind eahd nabvi mainArab-o-hind eahd nabvi main
Arab-o-hind eahd nabvi main
 
Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...
Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...
Islamic Education - Inside Vs. Outside Perspective (download ppt to read note...
 
ISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVE
ISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVEISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVE
ISLAMIC STUDIES-THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PERSPECTIVE
 
Kutub e hadith ki iqsaam (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام) muhammad nabeel musharraf
Kutub e hadith ki iqsaam  (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام)  muhammad nabeel musharrafKutub e hadith ki iqsaam  (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام)  muhammad nabeel musharraf
Kutub e hadith ki iqsaam (کتبِ حدیث کی اقسام) muhammad nabeel musharraf
 
Tarjuma ke usool
Tarjuma ke usoolTarjuma ke usool
Tarjuma ke usool
 
109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi
109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi
109580737 introduction-darul-uloom-karachi
 

Recently uploaded

Introduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp Network
Introduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp NetworkIntroduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp Network
Introduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp Network
TechSoup
 
Home assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdf
Home assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdfHome assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdf
Home assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdf
Tamralipta Mahavidyalaya
 
Welcome to TechSoup New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdf
Welcome to TechSoup   New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdfWelcome to TechSoup   New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdf
Welcome to TechSoup New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdf
TechSoup
 
The Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptx
The Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptxThe Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptx
The Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptx
DhatriParmar
 
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...
Nguyen Thanh Tu Collection
 
Instructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptx
Instructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptxInstructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptx
Instructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptx
Jheel Barad
 
Synthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptx
Synthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptxSynthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptx
Synthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptx
Pavel ( NSTU)
 
TESDA TM1 REVIEWER FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...
TESDA TM1 REVIEWER  FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...TESDA TM1 REVIEWER  FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...
TESDA TM1 REVIEWER FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...
EugeneSaldivar
 
CACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdf
CACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdfCACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdf
CACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdf
camakaiclarkmusic
 
Phrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXPhrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
MIRIAMSALINAS13
 
Palestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptx
Palestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptxPalestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptx
Palestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptx
RaedMohamed3
 
Francesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptx
Francesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptxFrancesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptx
Francesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptx
EduSkills OECD
 
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
siemaillard
 
678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf
678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf
678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf
CarlosHernanMontoyab2
 
The approach at University of Liverpool.pptx
The approach at University of Liverpool.pptxThe approach at University of Liverpool.pptx
The approach at University of Liverpool.pptx
Jisc
 
Acetabularia Information For Class 9 .docx
Acetabularia Information For Class 9  .docxAcetabularia Information For Class 9  .docx
Acetabularia Information For Class 9 .docx
vaibhavrinwa19
 
Overview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with Mechanism
Overview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with MechanismOverview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with Mechanism
Overview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with Mechanism
DeeptiGupta154
 
"Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe...
"Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe..."Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe...
"Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe...
SACHIN R KONDAGURI
 
The Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdf
The Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdfThe Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdf
The Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdf
kaushalkr1407
 
How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...
How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...
How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...
Jisc
 

Recently uploaded (20)

Introduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp Network
Introduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp NetworkIntroduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp Network
Introduction to AI for Nonprofits with Tapp Network
 
Home assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdf
Home assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdfHome assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdf
Home assignment II on Spectroscopy 2024 Answers.pdf
 
Welcome to TechSoup New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdf
Welcome to TechSoup   New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdfWelcome to TechSoup   New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdf
Welcome to TechSoup New Member Orientation and Q&A (May 2024).pdf
 
The Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptx
The Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptxThe Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptx
The Accursed House by Émile Gaboriau.pptx
 
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS LỚP 3 - CẢ NĂM (CÓ FILE NGHE VÀ ĐÁP Á...
 
Instructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptx
Instructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptxInstructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptx
Instructions for Submissions thorugh G- Classroom.pptx
 
Synthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptx
Synthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptxSynthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptx
Synthetic Fiber Construction in lab .pptx
 
TESDA TM1 REVIEWER FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...
TESDA TM1 REVIEWER  FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...TESDA TM1 REVIEWER  FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...
TESDA TM1 REVIEWER FOR NATIONAL ASSESSMENT WRITTEN AND ORAL QUESTIONS WITH A...
 
CACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdf
CACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdfCACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdf
CACJapan - GROUP Presentation 1- Wk 4.pdf
 
Phrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXPhrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phrasal Verbs.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 
Palestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptx
Palestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptxPalestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptx
Palestine last event orientationfvgnh .pptx
 
Francesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptx
Francesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptxFrancesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptx
Francesca Gottschalk - How can education support child empowerment.pptx
 
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
 
678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf
678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf
678020731-Sumas-y-Restas-Para-Colorear.pdf
 
The approach at University of Liverpool.pptx
The approach at University of Liverpool.pptxThe approach at University of Liverpool.pptx
The approach at University of Liverpool.pptx
 
Acetabularia Information For Class 9 .docx
Acetabularia Information For Class 9  .docxAcetabularia Information For Class 9  .docx
Acetabularia Information For Class 9 .docx
 
Overview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with Mechanism
Overview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with MechanismOverview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with Mechanism
Overview on Edible Vaccine: Pros & Cons with Mechanism
 
"Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe...
"Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe..."Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe...
"Protectable subject matters, Protection in biotechnology, Protection of othe...
 
The Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdf
The Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdfThe Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdf
The Roman Empire A Historical Colossus.pdf
 
How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...
How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...
How libraries can support authors with open access requirements for UKRI fund...
 

Ten lessons (Best and Simplest book to learn Arabic) || Australian Islamic Library || www.australianislamiclibrary.org

  • 1. TEN LESSONS OF ARABIC
  • 2.
  • 3. TEN LESSONS OF ARABIC based on Das Sabaq of Mawlana ‘Abd al-Salam Kidwai Nadvi Revised by ‘Aamir Bashir
  • 4. Copyright © Dār al-Sa‘ādah Publications 2011 First Online Edition Dec 2011 Second Online Edition Jul 2012 ilmresources.wordpress.com “General and unrestricted permission is granted for the unaltered duplication, distribution, and transmission of this text.” In Plain English: Make as many copies as you want.
  • 5. i TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents i List of Tables ii Acknowledgments iii Foreword v LESSON 1 ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫أ‬ – Subject and Predicate 1 LESSON 2 ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬ 7 LESSON 3 ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ – Past Tense Verb 11 LESSON 4 ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫،ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫،ُف‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ – Verb, Subject, Object 19 LESSON 5 ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ – Prepositions 25 LESSON 6 ‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬ – Pronouns 31 LESSON 7 ُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ – Present and Future Tense Verb 39 LESSON 8 ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ص‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ال‬‫ُو‬‫ة‬‫ف‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ – Adjective 49 LESSON 9 ُ‫ي‬‫َّه‬‫الن‬‫ُو‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ – Imperative & Prohibitive 57 LESSON 10 ُِ‫ن‬‫َّث‬‫لت‬‫،ُا‬‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫،ُا‬‫ة‬‫ي‬ – Singular, Dual, Plural 67
  • 6. ii LIST OF TABLES 3.1 Past Tense Verb Forms in Active Voice ( ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ ) 12 3.1a ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ 13 3.2 Past Tense Verb Forms in Passive Voice ( ُ‫ا‬ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ ) 14 3.2a ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ 15 5.1 Prepositions (ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬) 25 6.1 Unattached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫م‬) Pronouns 31 6.2 Attached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫َّص‬‫ت‬‫م‬) Pronouns 32 7.1 Verb Forms of (ٌُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬) in Active Voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬) 39 7.1a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ 40 7.2 Verb Forms of ( ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ُُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬ ) in Passive Voice (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫َم‬) 41 7.2a ُ‫ُال‬‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ 42 9.1 Creating Second Person Imperative In Active Voice ( ٌُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫أ‬ٌُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ) 58 9.2 Second Person Imperative in Active Voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُح‬ٌ‫ر‬‫م‬‫أ‬) 58 9.2a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُاْل‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 59 9.3 Creating Second Person Prohibitive (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُح‬ٌ‫ي‬‫ه‬‫ن‬) in Active Voice 60 9.4 Second Person Prohibitive (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُح‬ٌ‫ي‬‫ه‬‫ن‬) in Active Voice 60 9.4a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ُاْل‬‫ي‬‫َّه‬‫لن‬‫ا‬ 61 10.1 Singular, Dual, and Plural 68
  • 7. iii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I owe a debt of gratitude to many people who helped in making this project a success. To begin with, I would like to thank Sr. A. Naviwala who, working on behalf of Darul Uloom al-Madania, prepared the first draft, which I edited. I would also like to thank Mawlana Ibrahim Memon for his valuable feedback. I am also indebted to my First year students at Darul Uloom (2011–2012 academic year) who suggested important improvements and pointed out the many mistakes. My prepatory year students at Darul Uloom (2011–2012), including Ahmad Hatim who proof-read the draft for the second edition, have also given me valuable feedback. I have greatly benefitted from their questions, comments and suggestions. May Allah reward them, and all others for their contributions and help.
  • 8.
  • 9. v ‫بسمُهللاُالرمحنُالرحيم‬ُُ‫الصلو‬‫و‬ُ‫السالمُعلى‬‫و‬ُ‫ة‬‫لهُالكرمي‬‫و‬‫رس‬ FOREWORD This is the second edition of the revised Ten Lessons of Arabic, which in turn was based on the famous Urdu language primer of Arabic grammar Das Sabaq [Ten Lessons] by Mawlana ‘Abd al-Salam Kidwai Nadvi. Das Sabaq in Urdu has been a part of the ‘Aalim course curriculum in Western madrasahs for a number of years. In 2011, I was commissioned by Darul Uloom al-Madania to edit a translation that they had prepared by revising an existing translation of the text that was available online. I completed the editing in a few months. During this process, I took liberty with the translation to make the content more accessible and beneficial to the student. The edited version was then used as a textbook for Darul Uloom’s eAlim program. At that time, I received a number of suggestions from eAlim instructors and students regarding improvement of the text. Later, I got the chance to teach the first four chapters myself during Ramadan 2011 to a sincere student. At that time, I realized the many flaws that had remained, especially in the first four chapters. I revised these chapters thoroughly to make them more student friendly. Later still, I got the chance to go over the whole text during the first term of 2011–2012 academic year, while teaching it to first year students at Darul Uloom. During this time, a number of issues came up and I made the changes accordingly. The first online edition was released at that time. Later, during the last two terms of 2011–2012 academic year, I got the chance to teach it again; this time, to the prepatory year students at Darul Uloom. More issues came up and I fixed them. Now, at the end of this academic year (2011– 2012), I have gone through the whole text again and revised it throughly. I have added more explanation and tables in many chapters. I have also revised the word lists and exercises, and reduced the overall number of vocabulary words. While teaching, I had felt that memorizing too many new words was taking the students’ attention away from the real thing, viz. grammar rules and construction of the language. In many cases, plurals of words are given, but they are merely for reference. Students should not be required to memorize these. The vocabulary lists still appear quite formidable. However, this is because of the many repeated words. If they were to be taken out, the overall count will be much less. This text has been revised multiple times. In the process, it has changed considerably and those looking for an exact translation of Das Sabaq will be disappointed. However, I believe it is now much more beneficial. I have tried my
  • 10. vi best, with help from many of my students, to remove all of the errors in it. Nevertheless, as is the case with all human endeavors, there are bound to be some mistakes in it, and definitely, room for improvement. I hope that the readers, students and teachers, will apprise me of any such issues. Your feedback (suggestions, constructive criticism, etc.) is valuable to me. You can contact me at the email address given at the end. This is a beginner-level text but notwithstanding its ease, it should be studied with a teacher. It is also expected that the student will be studying other Arabic books along with it as well. I would recommend Fundamentals of Classical Arabic vol. 1 (by Dr. Husain Abdul Sattar) and Durus al-Lughah al-‘Arabiyyah vol. 1 (by Dr. V. Abdur Rahim). I got the chance to teach both during this academic year. They are both excellent books. There is some overlap between them and Ten Lessons. However, this should not be seen as redundancy, but as re-inforcement. Of the three, Fundamentals is for Sarf, Ten Lessons and Durus al-Lughah are for general Arabic. The last one is probably the best in terms of its gradual and progressive introduction to Arabic language concepts. However, the former two provide concise information for Sarf and Nahw, which is spread out in Durus al-Lughah. I recommend that Ten lessons and Durus al-Lughah be started at the beginning of the semester, while Fundamentals be started in the second half. Since this is a beginner-level text; therefore, Arabic words have not been transliterated exactly, keeping in mind that most people at this stage will not be comfortable with Arabic transliteration schemes. Rather, their approximate equivalents have been used that are easier to read for the untrained. Nevertheless, non-English words have been italicized. As for duals and plurals of Arabic words, the original Arabic duals and plurals have not been used; rather, their plurals have been created the English way by adding an ‘s’ to the singular. Thus, two dammahs is used instead of dammahtain. The word still remains italicized to reflect its non-English origin. The following abbreviations appear in the text: S = Singular D = Dual P = Plural M = Masculine F = Feminine Many times, these have been used in combination. Thus, we also have the following abbreviations: (S/M) = ‘Singular masculine’ which means one male (D/M) = ‘Dual masculine’ which means two males (P/M) = ‘Plural masculine’ which means multiple males (S/F) = ‘Singular feminine’ which means one female (D/F) = ‘Dual feminine’ which means two females (P/F) = ‘Plural feminine’ which means multiple females
  • 11. vii I hope and pray that this revised edition will be of benefit to the students. I also pray that Allah Most High accepts this humble effort from all those who have contributed to it in any way, and gives us the power to continue with more. I also request the readers and all those who benefit from it in any way to remember us all in their prayers. And He alone gives success. ُ‫ىُهللا‬َّ‫ل‬‫ص‬‫و‬ُُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ت‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ى‬ُُ‫َن‬‫َل‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُو‬‫َن‬ِ‫د‬ِ‫ي‬‫ُس‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ق‬‫ل‬‫ُخ‬ِ‫ْي‬‫خ‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ع‬َّ‫ُو‬ٍ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُم‬‫ى‬ُُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫ُو‬ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ح‬‫ص‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ ‘Aamir Bashir Buffalo, NY 91th Shaʻban, 1433 (1th July, 2012) Email: ainbay97@yahoo.com
  • 12.
  • 13. 1 LESSON 1 ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫أ‬ Subject and Predicate Consider the following sentences: ‘Mahmood is knowledgeable,’ ‘Haamid is pious,’ ‘Khalid is a conqueror.’ These sentences and other sentences of the same pattern are called mubtada ( ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫أ‬ ) and khabar (ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫)خ‬. The subject of the sentence is called mubtada and it comes at the beginning of the sentence. The predicate of the sentence is called khabar and it is the second part of the sentence. For example, in ‘Mahmood is knowledgeable,’ Mahmood is the subject and the information about him being knowledgeable is the predicate. Therefore, ‘Mahmood’ is mubtada and ‘knowledgeable’ُis khabar. To translate a sentence of this type into Arabic, follow these steps: 1. Take out the “is”. 2. Translate the words into Arabic. 3. Give two dammahs (ُِ‫ي‬‫ت‬َّ‫م‬‫ض‬) to both words in the sentence. Examples: 1. Mahmood is knowledgeable. ٌُ ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬ٌ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬ 2. Haamid is pious. ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُص‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ح‬ 3. Khalid is a conqueror. ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ات‬‫ُف‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫خ‬ 4. Muhammad (Allah bless him and give him peace) is a messenger. ٌُ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُم‬ُ‫ى‬َّ‫ل‬‫(ص‬ُُ‫هللا‬ُ)‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ٌُُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬‫ر‬ 5. Naasir is a friend. ٌُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُص‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬‫َن‬ In the above examples, the mubtada is a definite noun.1 However, if it is a common noun, an alif-laam will be added to the beginning of the word. For example, if the first sentence was ‘the man is knowledgeable,’ it would be translated as ٌُ ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬. It is important to note here that whenever alif-laam comes before a word, the tanween becomes a single fathah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬), kasrah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬) or dammah (ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬‫ض‬) as the case 1 In Arabic, a definite noun is called ma‘rifah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬) and a common noun is called nakirah (ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬‫ن‬).
  • 14. Lesson 1 2 may be, eg. ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ becomes ُ‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬. Alif-laam is mainly used in place of the definite article “the.” It gives distinction to a word. For example, ‘a man’ is any man and ‘the man’ is a specific man. Sometimes alif-laam is used for the meaning of ‘a whole category/class.’ For example, ُِ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬ means ‘mankind’ and ُ‫د‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ means ‘all praise.’ If the mubtada is feminine, then the khabar will also have to be feminine. To change a word to its feminine form, add the round taa (‫ة‬) to the end of the word. For example, ‘the man is pious’ is written as ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُص‬‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬. Now if you want to say ‘the woman is pious,’ you will say ٌُ‫ة‬ِ‫اْل‬‫ُص‬‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬. Similarly, ‘the girl is knowledgeable’ will be written as ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ا‬. Word List English Arabic Singular Plural father ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ء‬‫َب‬ mother ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ات‬‫ه‬َّ‫م‬ son ٌُ‫ن‬‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ن‬‫ب‬ boy ٌُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫و‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫َل‬‫و‬‫أ‬ daughter, girl ٌُ‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ن‬‫ب‬ paternal uncle ُ‫م‬‫ع‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ام‬‫م‬‫ع‬ paternal aunt ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ا‬َّ‫م‬‫ع‬،ٌُُ‫ات‬َّ‫م‬‫ع‬ maternal uncle ٌُ‫ال‬‫خ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ال‬‫و‬‫خ‬ maternal aunt ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫خ‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫اَل‬‫خ‬ brother ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫خ‬ ُِ‫إ‬ُ،ٌ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫و‬‫خ‬ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫و‬‫خ‬ sister ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ت‬‫خ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ات‬‫و‬‫خ‬ grandfather ُ‫د‬‫ج‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اد‬‫د‬‫ج‬ grandmother ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫د‬‫ج‬ ٌُ‫َّات‬‫د‬‫ج‬ grandson ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ح‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ف‬‫،ُح‬ٌ‫اد‬‫ف‬‫ح‬ granddaughter ُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ة‬ man ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ال‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ woman ٌُ‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌُ‫اء‬‫س‬ِ‫ن‬
  • 15. ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ٌُو‬‫أ‬ 3 English Arabic Singular Plural male child, infant, toddler ٌُ‫ل‬‫ف‬ِ‫ط‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ال‬‫ف‬‫ط‬ female male child, infant, toddler ُ‫ل‬‫ف‬ِ‫ط‬ٌُ‫ة‬ strong ُ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬‫ق‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ء‬‫َي‬ِ‫و‬‫ق‬ weak ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫ض‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ف‬‫ع‬‫ض‬ ice, snow ٌُ‫ج‬‫ل‬‫ث‬ cold ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ر‬‫َب‬ water ٌُ‫اء‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫اه‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ sweet ٌُ‫ب‬‫ذ‬‫ع‬ small ُ‫ص‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ fat ٌُ‫ي‬ِ‫َس‬ pious ٌُ‫ح‬ِ‫ال‬‫ص‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ح‬‫ل‬‫ص‬ worshipper ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫اد‬َّ‫ب‬‫ع‬ intelligent, smart ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ء‬‫ال‬‫ق‬‫ع‬ hard-working ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫َم‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫َم‬ beautiful ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ْج‬ thankful, grateful ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اك‬‫ش‬ ُ‫و‬‫ر‬ِ‫اك‬‫ش‬ُ‫ن‬ truthful ٌُ‫ق‬ِ‫اد‬‫ص‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ق‬ِ‫اد‬‫ص‬ Lord ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬ prophet, messenger ُِ‫ب‬‫ن‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ن‬ messenger ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ر‬ path ٌُ‫ط‬‫ا‬‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬ straight ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬‫ت‬‫س‬‫م‬ Muslim ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬ man, mankind ُِ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬ slave ٌُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫اد‬‫ب‬ِ‫ع‬ leader, commander ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ق‬ ُ‫اد‬‫،ُق‬ٌ‫اد‬َّ‫و‬‫ق‬ٌُ‫ة‬
  • 16. Lesson 1 4 English Arabic Singular Plural brave ٌُ‫اع‬‫ج‬‫ش‬ generous ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ام‬‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬ the hour; day of resurrection ُ‫ة‬‫اع‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ coming (F) ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬ respectful ٌُ‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ and ُ‫و‬ merciful ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬‫ر‬ going (M) ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫اه‬‫ذ‬ knowledgeable; scholar ٌُ ِ‫ال‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫اء‬‫م‬ Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic. 1. Haamid is a father. 2. Mahmood is a son. 3. Khalid is an uncle (paternal). 4. Zayd is an uncle (maternal). 5. Bakr is a brother. 6. Sa‘eed is a grandfather. 7. Hameed is a grandson. 8. The man is strong. 9. The child (M) is weak. 10. The ice is cold. 11. The water is sweet. 12. The son is small. 13. Hamzah is fat. 14. The brother is pious. Exercise 2: Translate into Arabic. 1. The woman is strong. 2. The mother is beautiful. 3. The daughter is a worshipper. 4. The aunt (maternal) is intelligent. 5. The aunt (paternal) is hard-working. 6. The sister is beautiful. 7. The grandmother is thankful.
  • 17. ُ‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫د‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫ٌُو‬‫أ‬ 5 8. ‘Aishah is intelligent. 9. Fatimah is small. 10. Maimoonah is a grand daughter. 11. The aunt (paternal) is pious. 12. The girl is fat. 13. The grandmother is pious. 14. The aunt (maternal) is a worshipper. Exercise 3: Translate into English. 1. ُ‫ب‬‫ُر‬‫هلل‬‫ا‬ 2. ٌُ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُم‬ُ‫ىُهللا‬َّ‫ل‬‫(ص‬ُُ‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬)ُُِ‫ب‬‫ن‬ 3. ٌُ‫ق‬ِ‫اد‬‫ُص‬‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬َّ‫لر‬‫ا‬ 4. ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬‫ت‬‫س‬‫ُم‬‫اط‬‫ر‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ 5. ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬ 6. ٌُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ُع‬‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬ 7. ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُق‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫خ‬ 8. ُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ق‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫اع‬‫ج‬‫ش‬ 9. ٌُ‫خ‬‫ُأ‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫س‬ 10. ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬‫ُع‬‫ال‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 11. ُ‫ا‬ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ُك‬‫خ‬‫ْل‬ 12. ُ‫ُا‬‫ة‬‫اع‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬ 13. ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫وَُم‬ٌ‫ر‬‫م‬‫ع‬ 14. ٌُ‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ق‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ط‬ 15. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫ُم‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ 16. ُ‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ُذ‬ُّ‫م‬‫ع‬‫ل‬ 17. ٌُ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬‫ُُّر‬‫د‬‫اْل‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫ب‬َّ‫د‬‫ؤ‬‫ُم‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 18. ُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫اط‬‫ف‬ٌُُ‫ة‬‫ب‬ِ‫اه‬‫ذ‬ 19. ُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫اه‬‫ُذ‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬ 20. ٌُ ِ‫ال‬‫ُع‬ٌ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬
  • 18.
  • 19. 7 LESSON 2 ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬ Consider the following sentences: ‘slave of Allah,’ ‘messenger of Allah,’ ‘door of the house,’ ‘the Messenger’s order,’ ‘Mahmood’s pen,’ ‘Khalid’s book,’ ‘Hameed’s house.’ These phrases and those with a similar pattern are called mudaaf (ٌُ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬) and mudaaf ilayhi (ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ُ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬). One thing (mudaaf) is attributed to the other (mudaaf ilayhi). Many times, the relationship is that of the possessed to its possessor. The possessed is called mudaaf and the possessor is called mudaaf ilayhi. For example, in the phrase ‘Mahmood’s pen,’ the pen is owned by Mahmood. Therefore, ‘pen’ is mudaaf and ‘Mahmood’ is mudaaf ilayhi. To translate a sentence of this type into Arabic, follow these steps: 1. Take out ‘of’ or the apostrophe and the ‘s,’ which show possession. 2. If you have taken out the apostrophe and the ‘s,’ reverse the sequence. Write the second word first and the first word second. If you took out ‘of,’ then there is no need to reverse the sequence. 3. Replace the English words with their Arabic equivalents. 4. Give the mudaaf a single dammah and the mudaaf ilayhi two kasrahs. For example, to translate the phrase ‘Mahmood’s pen’ to Arabic, first take out the apostrophe and ‘s.’ It becomes ‘Mahmood pen.’ Then, change the order of the words to ‘pen Mahmood.’ Next, replace the words with their Arabic equivalents. You get ‫قلمُُممود‬. Now, give the mudaaf a single dammah and the mudaaf ilayhi two kasrahs. You get ٍُ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُُم‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬. Following the same method, ‘Khalid’s book’ becomes ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬. For a sentence with ‘of,’ such as ‘ring of gold,’ first remove the ‘of.’ It becomes ‘ring gold.’ Now, replace the words with their Arabic equivalents. You get ‫خامتُذه‬‫ب‬ . Now, give the mudaaf a single dammah and the mudaaf ilayhi two kasrahs. You get ٍُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ُذ‬‫امت‬‫خ‬. The rules concerning alif-laam have been mentioned in the first lesson. Those rules will apply here also. Thus, if there is an alif-laam at the beginning of the mudaaf ilayhi, the two kasrahs will become one kasrah. ٍُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ُذ‬‫امت‬‫خ‬ will become ُ‫امت‬‫خ‬ ُِ‫ب‬‫ه‬َّ‫الذ‬. It should be noted here that the mudaaf never accepts alif-laam or tanween. For instance, in the above example, ُ‫امت‬‫خ‬ will not accept alif-laam or tanween.
  • 20. Lesson 2 8 Word List English Arabic Singular Plural wall ٌُ‫ار‬‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ر‬‫د‬‫،ُج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫د‬‫ج‬ home, house ٌُ‫ار‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫َي‬ِ‫د‬ُ‫و‬‫،ُد‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫ب‬ door ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ب‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫و‬ window ٌُ‫اك‬َّ‫ب‬‫ش‬ ُ‫ك‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ب‬‫ش‬ room ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬ roof ٌُ‫ح‬‫ط‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ح‬‫و‬‫ط‬‫س‬،ُُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ح‬‫ط‬‫س‬ ceiling ٌُ‫ف‬‫ق‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫س‬ bed ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫ر‬‫س‬ pen ُ‫ق‬ٌُ‫م‬‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ق‬ heat ُ‫ر‬‫ح‬ sun ٌُ‫س‬‫َش‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫َش‬ day ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫م‬َّ‫َي‬‫أ‬ judgment; religion ُ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ٌُ‫ن‬ to establish, establishing ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ام‬‫ق‬ ritual prayer (salah) ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ص‬،ُُ‫ل‬‫ص‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫و‬ to give, giving ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫اء‬‫ت‬‫ي‬ poor due (zakah) ،ٌ‫ة‬‫كو‬‫ز‬ٌُُ‫ة‬‫ا‬‫ك‬‫ز‬ city, town ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫ب‬ country; city, town ٌُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫ب‬ ُِ‫ب‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫،ُب‬ٌ‫د‬‫ال‬ city, town ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ن‬‫د‬‫م‬ people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬ light ٌُ‫ء‬‫و‬‫ض‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫و‬‫ض‬ lamp ٌُ‫اج‬‫ر‬ِ‫س‬ ٌُ‫ج‬‫ر‬‫س‬ darkness ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬
  • 21. ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ُإل‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬ 9 English Arabic Singular Plural night ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ finger, toe ُِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ع‬‫ب‬‫ص‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ص‬ foot; leg ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ tall, long ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫و‬‫ط‬ leader, governor ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫أ‬ short ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬‫ق‬ expensive ٌُ‫ي‬ِ‫َث‬ high ٌُ‫ع‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬‫ر‬ winter ٌُ‫اء‬‫ت‬ِ‫ش‬ summer ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬‫ص‬ spring ٌُ‫ع‬‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ر‬ autumn, fall ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫خ‬ new ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ج‬ old ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫د‬‫ق‬ book ٌُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ note-book ٌُ‫ة‬‫اس‬َّ‫ر‬‫ك‬ jouney, travel ٌُ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫س‬ Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic. 1. Haamid’s son/son of Hameed 2. Khalid’s mother/mother of Khalid 3. Fatimah’s sister/sister of Fatimah 4. The house’s wall/wall of the house 5. The room’s door/door of the room 6. The room’s window/window of the room 7. The house’s roof/roof of the house 8. The room’s ceiling/ceiling of the room 9. Hameed’s bed/bed of Hameed 10. The grandfather’s pen/pen of the grandfather 11. The sun’s heat/heat of the sun
  • 22. Lesson 2 10 Exercise 2: Translate into English. 1. ُِ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُالد‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ 2. ُِ‫ة‬‫ال‬َّ‫ُالص‬‫ة‬‫ام‬‫ق‬ِ‫إ‬ 3. ُِ‫اة‬‫ك‬َّ‫ُالز‬‫اء‬‫ت‬‫ي‬ِ‫إ‬ 4. ُِ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫س‬‫َن‬ 5. ٍُ‫اج‬‫ر‬ِ‫ُس‬‫ء‬‫و‬‫ض‬ 6. ُِ‫ل‬‫ي‬َّ‫ل‬‫ُال‬‫ة‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ 7. ٍُ‫ل‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ص‬‫أ‬ 8. ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ُح‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ 9. ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫اج‬‫ر‬ِ‫س‬ 10. ُِ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫أ‬ Exercise 3: Translate into Arabic. 1. Mahmood’s pen is expensive. 2. The house’s wall is long. 3. The house’s roof is high. 4. Haamid’s son is tall. 5. Fatimah’s sister is short. 6. Days of Summer are long. 7. Days of Winter are short. 8. Door of the house is high. 9. Ceiling of the room is expensive. Exercise 4: Translate into English. 1. ُِ‫ل‬‫ج‬َّ‫ُالر‬‫ن‬‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ٌُُ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬‫ع‬ 2. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫و‬‫ُط‬ِ‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬ِ‫ُاَل‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ 3. ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُج‬ ِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬‫َب‬ 4. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬‫ُق‬ٍ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُُم‬ُّ‫م‬‫أ‬ 5. ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُق‬‫ة‬‫ش‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُع‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ 6. ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُج‬‫ة‬‫ن‬ِ‫ُآم‬‫ة‬‫اس‬َّ‫ر‬‫ك‬ 7. ٌُ‫مي‬ِ‫د‬‫ُق‬ٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُمح‬‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬ 8. ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬‫ُذ‬‫ة‬‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫ن‬‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ 9. ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬‫ُق‬ِ‫ر‬‫ف‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ص‬
  • 23. 11 LESSON 3 ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ال‬ُ‫ي‬ Past Tense Verb In this lesson, we will look at the various forms a past tense verb takes in accordance with the number and gender of the one(s) performing the action. To begin with, it should be noted that ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “he (S/M) did,” ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “they (D/M) did,” ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “they (P/M) did,” ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ means “she (S/F) did” and so on. These verbs are in active voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). In Arabic, each verb form is called ٌُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫ص‬ (seeghah). Looking at the table below, we can see that there are fourteen seeghahs in it. Each of these seeghahs has a name. This name identifies, whether it is singular, dual or plural, whether it is masculine or feminine, and whether it is first person, second person or third person. In Arabic, the words for singular, dual and plural are ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬, ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ , and ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬, respectively; first person is called ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ , second person is called ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬, and third person is called ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬; and masculine is called ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬, and feminine is called ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬. Thus, singular masculine of the third person will be called ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ in Arabic. Dual masculine of the third person will be called ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ , and plural masculine of the third person will be called ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ , and so on. In the case of the first person, because the gender is not identified, and there is no separate seeghah for dual, therefore, the two seeghahs, singular first person and plural first person will be called ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬ and ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬ , respectively.
  • 24. Lesson 3 12 We are listing below the verb forms (also called conjugations) of the past tense verb in active voice. These should be memorized with their meanings. Table 3.1 Past Tense Verb Forms in Active Voice ( ُ‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬ ) Person Gender Plurality English Arabic Third Person (ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬ Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular He did. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual They did. ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Plural They did. ُ‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular She did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual They did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬ Plural They did. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Second Person (ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬) Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬ Plural You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular You did. ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual You did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬ Plural You did. َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ First Person ( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ ) Masculine/ Feminine Singular I did. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Masculine/ Feminine Dual/ Plural We did. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬
  • 25. ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ 13 Before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 3.1 would be written in Arabic. This is as follows: Table 3.1a ُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ Note: In the tables above, ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ has been translated as “he did” and ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ as “she did.” It should be kept in mind that these forms could also mean “it (masculine) did” and “it (feminine) did,” respectively. The same is true of other forms. The masculine could be any masculine thing or person, and the feminine could be any feminine thing or person. ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ‫ا‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬ َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬َُُّ‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
  • 26. Lesson 3 14 Changing Active Voice to Passive Voice Now, to change these verbs into passive voice, follow the following procedure. Put a dammah on the first letter (‫ف‬) of ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬, and a kasrah on its second letter (‫ع‬). It will become ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬. Its meaning will change to “he (S/M) was done upon.” This is passive voice ( ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ٌُُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫َم‬ ). Similarly, ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ will become ُ‫ال‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬, ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ will become ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬, ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ will become ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ , and so on. We are listing below the verb forms (also called conjugations) of the past tense verb in passive voice. These should be memorized with their meanings. Table 3.2 Past Tense Verb Forms in Passive Voice ( ُ‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ ) Person Gender Plurality English Arabic Third Person (ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬ Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular He was done. ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual They were done. ُ‫ال‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Plural They were done. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular She was done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual They were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬ Plural They were done. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Second Person (ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬) Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬ Plural You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular You were done. ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Dual You were done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ا‬‫م‬ Plural You were done. َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ First Person ( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ ) Masculine/ Feminine Singular I was done. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ Masculine/ Faminine Dual/ Plural We were done. ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬
  • 27. ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ 15 Again, before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 3.2 would be written in Arabic. Table 3.2a ُ‫ل‬‫ىُا‬ِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ Note: In these two tables, ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ has been translated as “he was done” and ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ as “she was done.” As mentioned above in the note after Tables 3.9 & 3.9a, these forms could also mean “it (masculine) was done” and “it (feminine) was done,” respectively. The same is true of other forms. The masculine could be any masculine thing or person, and the feminine could be any feminine thing or person. ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬ ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُ‫ال‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ُُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ‫ا‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫د‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬ َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
  • 28. Lesson 3 16 Creating Conjugation Tables from ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ Having memorized these two tables, the next stage is to identify the verb forms of other verbs by comparing them to these tables. For this, we need to know that ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ُ ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ of any verb table is considered to be the basic verb form. Generally, it is composed of three letters. The first is called ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫اءُك‬‫ف‬, the second is called ُُ‫ي‬‫ع‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ك‬ , and the third is called ‫م‬‫َل‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ك‬ . Now all that remains to be done is to identify which letter of the new verb matches which letter of the basic verb form of the tables given above. Consider, the verb ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ (he helped). Comparing this to ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ of Table 3.1 or Table 3.1a, we can see that in this verb, ‫ن‬ is the ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫اءُك‬‫ف‬, ‫ص‬ is the ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ُك‬‫ي‬‫ع‬, and ‫ر‬ is the ‫م‬‫َل‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ك‬ . Once, this is established, it is easy to compare any of its forms with the rest of table. Below, we are providing a list of the basic forms ( ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ) of various verbs and their meanings. Their remaining forms can be created from them. Word List For Verbs English Arabic he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ he read ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ he found ُ‫د‬‫ج‬‫و‬ he cooked ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬ he cut ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬ he filled ُ‫ل‬‫م‬ he sought, he demanded ُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ط‬ he asked ُ‫ل‬‫أ‬‫س‬ he made ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬ he took ُ‫ذ‬‫خ‬‫أ‬ he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ he ran, he fled ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ه‬ he went ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ he opened ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬
  • 29. ُِ‫اض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ي‬ 17 English Arabic he hit ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬ he entered ُ‫ل‬‫خ‬‫د‬ he put (something) ُ‫ع‬‫ض‬‫و‬ he helped ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ he joined, he arrived ُ‫ل‬‫ص‬‫و‬ he returned ُ‫ع‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ he slaughtered ُ‫ح‬‫ب‬‫ذ‬ he oppressed ُ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ he imprisoned, he detained ُ‫س‬‫ب‬‫ح‬ Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic. 1. I wrote. 2. They (P/F) read. 3. You (S/M) found. 4. You (P/F) cooked. 5. They (P/F) cut. 6. We filled. 7. You (P/M) demanded. 8. They (D/M) asked. 9. They (D/F) made. 10. You (S/F) took. Exercise 2: Translate into Arabic. 1. It (S/M) was eaten. 2. They (P/M) were cut. 3. They (P/F) were made. 4. They (P/F) ran. 5. You (S/M) went. 6. You (P/M) were found. 7. It (S/F) was opened. 8. He was hit. 9. They (P/F) entered. 10. It (S/F) was placed.
  • 30. Lesson 3 18 Exercise 2: Translate into English and identify the seeghah. 1. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ 2. ُ‫ت‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ 3. ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬ 4. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫خ‬‫د‬ 5. ُ‫ع‬‫ض‬‫و‬ 6. ُِ‫ت‬‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬ 7. ‫ا‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ 8. َُّ‫ُّن‬‫ت‬‫د‬‫ج‬‫و‬ 9. ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ 10. ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ 11. ُ‫ت‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ 12. ‫ا‬‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬ 13. ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ 14. ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ص‬‫و‬ 15. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ه‬ 16. ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ع‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ Exercise 3: Translate into English and identify the seeghah. 1. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ض‬ 2. ُ‫ت‬‫ر‬ِ‫ص‬‫ن‬ 3. ُ‫ت‬ ِ‫ِب‬‫ذ‬ 4. ُ‫ت‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ظ‬ 5. ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ط‬‫ق‬ 6. ُ‫و‬ُِ‫ض‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ت‬ 7. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬‫ص‬ 8. ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ق‬ِ‫ل‬‫خ‬ 9. ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ق‬ِ‫ل‬‫خ‬ 10. ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫س‬ِ‫ب‬‫ح‬ 11. ُ‫ت‬‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬‫و‬ 12. َُّ‫ت‬‫ل‬ِ‫ئ‬‫س‬
  • 31. 19 LESSON 4 ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫،ُف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫،ُم‬ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ Verb, Subject, Object In Arabic, the word sequence in a verbal sentence is as follows: verb (ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬), then subject (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬), and finally the object (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬). ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ (verb) = the action being done. ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ (subject) = the person doing the action. ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ (object) = the person or the thing to whom or to which the action is being done. Rule: The ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ gets a dammah (or two dammahs as the case may be), and the ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ gets a fathah (or two fathahs). Examples: 1. ‘Haamid helped Mahmood.’ In this sentence, the ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ is ‘helped,’ Haamid is the ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ and Mahmood is the ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬. When translating this sentence into Arabic, the Arabic word for helped (ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬) will come first followed by the faa‘il, Hamid (ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ح‬) with two dammahs, and then the maf‘ool, Mahmood (‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُم‬) with two fathahs. The final sentence will be ‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫ُُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ام‬‫ُح‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬. 2. ‘A servant (ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬) opened (ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬) a door (ًُ‫َب‬‫َب‬).’ The same order used for the last example (ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ first, ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ second and ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ last) will apply here. Remember, the ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ will get two dammahs and the ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ will get two fathahs. The full sentence will be ًُ‫َب‬‫َُب‬ٌ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫ُخ‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬. Notes:  If there is an alif-laam on any word, the tanween (double harakah) at the end will change to a single harakah (the two fathahs will change to a single fathah, the two kasrahs will change to a single kasrah, and the two dammahs will change to a single dammah). Thus, ‘the servant opened the door’ will be written as ُ‫اب‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫ُاْل‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬. Here, the alif-laam caused the double harakah to be dropped, and only a single harakah remained.
  • 32. Lesson 4 20  Mudaaf and mudaaf ilayhi can combine to form a ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ or a ُ‫م‬ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ . For example: ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُ‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫َُم‬‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬ُُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫اب‬‫ب‬ Mahmood’s servant opened the door. ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُ‫اْل‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬ُُِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬‫َب‬ The servant opened the door of the house. ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬‫َُب‬‫د‬‫و‬‫م‬‫َُم‬‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬ Mahmood’s servant opened the door of the house. In this case, it is important to remember that the mudaaf does not accept an alif-laam or a tanween. However, the mudaaf ilayhi can accept both. Moreover, the effect of being a ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬ or ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬ will show on the mudaaf alone and not the mudaaf ilayhi. Word List for Verbs English Arabic he read ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ he stopped (someone) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ he defeated ُ‫م‬‫ز‬‫ه‬ he cooked ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬ he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ he hit; he beat ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬ he worshipped ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬ he broke (something physical) ُ‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬ he tore ُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫خ‬ he helped ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ he cheated, he deceived ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ he profited ُ‫ح‬ِ‫ب‬‫ر‬ he heard ُ‫ع‬ِ‫َس‬ he made (someone into someone or something into something) ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬
  • 33. ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫،ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫،ُف‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ 21 English Arabic he understood ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ف‬ he remembered ُ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬ he looked (at/towards) ُ‫ر‬‫ظ‬‫ن‬ُُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬() he broke (something non- physical) ُ‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬ he gave an example ) ً‫ال‬‫ث‬‫ُ(م‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬ he separated ُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ف‬ he created, he made; he originated ُ‫ق‬‫ل‬‫خ‬ he was ungrateful; disbelieved ُ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫ك‬ he killed ُ‫ل‬‫ت‬‫ق‬ he sat (down) ُ‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬ he imposed; he made something obligatory ُ‫ُ(ع‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ُ‫ل‬)‫ى‬ Word List for Nouns & Particles English Arabic Singular Plural book ٌُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ letter ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫س‬ِ‫ر‬ ُ‫ل‬ِ‫ائ‬‫س‬‫ر‬ army ٌُ‫د‬‫ن‬‫ج‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ن‬‫ج‬ girl ٌُ‫ت‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ meat ٌُ‫م‬‫ْل‬ ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ْل‬ uncle (paternal) ُ‫م‬‫ع‬ bread ٌُ‫ز‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ٌُ‫از‬‫ب‬‫خ‬‫أ‬ rice ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ز‬‫ر‬ dog ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫ال‬ِ‫ك‬ (drinking) glass ٌُ‫س‬‫أ‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ؤ‬‫ك‬ garment, dress; cloth ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ث‬ ٌُ‫اب‬‫ي‬ِ‫ث‬ friend ٌُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ق‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬‫أ‬
  • 34. Lesson 4 22 English Arabic Singular Plural mother ُ‫م‬‫أ‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ه‬َّ‫م‬‫أ‬ messenger; prophet ُ‫ر‬ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫س‬‫ر‬ religion ٌُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ ٌُ‫ن‬‫َي‬‫د‬‫أ‬ sky ٌُ‫اء‬‫َس‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫و‬‫َس‬ٌُُ‫ات‬‫او‬‫،َُس‬ٌ‫ات‬‫و‬‫(َس‬) building; roof ٌُ‫اء‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ب‬‫أ‬ land, earth ٌُ‫ض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬ ٍُ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬،ُ‫ى‬ِ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ bed; spread; mattress ٌُ‫اش‬‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ش‬ِ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫أ‬ Satan, the Devil ُ‫ان‬‫ط‬‫َّي‬‫لش‬‫ا‬ not ‫ا‬‫م‬ trade ٌُ‫ة‬‫ار‬ ِ‫ِت‬ ear ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ذ‬ heart ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ transgressor ٌُ‫ق‬ِ‫اس‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ق‬ِ‫اس‬‫ف‬،ٌُُ‫اق‬َّ‫س‬‫ف‬ oath; pledge; promise ٌُ‫د‬‫ه‬‫ع‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ع‬ Muslim ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬ speech ٌُ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ك‬ man ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ر‬ example ٌُ‫ل‬‫ث‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ال‬‫ث‬‫م‬‫أ‬ blessing ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬ ٌُ‫م‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬ sea ُ‫ِب‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ٌُ‫ار‬ ِ‫ِب‬ chicken, hen ٌُ‫ة‬‫اج‬‫ج‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫ج‬‫ج‬‫د‬ servant ٌُ‫م‬ِ‫اد‬‫خ‬ ٌُ‫َّام‬‫د‬‫خ‬ door ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫و‬‫ب‬ Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic 1. Hameed read a book. 2. Naseer stopped Mahmood. 3. Khalid wrote a letter.
  • 35. ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫،ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫،ُف‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ 23 4. Tariq defeated the army. 5. The girl cooked the meat. 6. The uncle (maternal) ate the bread. 7. I ate the rice. 8. I hit the dog. 9. You (P/M) worshipped Allah. 10. You (S/F) tore the cloth. 11. Hameed’s friend helped Khalid’s grandson (son’s son). 12. The girl’s mother broke the glass. Exercise 2: Translate into English and identify the ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬, ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬‫ف‬, and ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬, where applicable. 1. ُ‫ُهللا‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬‫ا‬ً‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ُُم‬ُُ‫ىُهللا‬َّ‫ل‬‫(ص‬ُ)‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫ُس‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ًُُ‫َل‬‫و‬‫س‬َّ‫ر‬ 2. ُ‫ُهللا‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬ُِ‫ُال‬‫ا‬ً‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُد‬‫م‬‫ال‬‫س‬ 3. ُ‫ع‬‫ج‬ُ‫ل‬ُُ‫هللا‬ُُ‫اْل‬َّ‫ُو‬ً‫اء‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫آء‬‫م‬َّ‫الس‬‫ا‬ً‫اش‬‫ر‬ِ‫ُف‬‫ض‬‫ر‬ 4. ُ‫ط‬‫َّي‬‫ُالش‬‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ُِ‫ُال‬‫ان‬ُ‫ان‬‫س‬‫ن‬ 5. ُ‫ت‬ ِ‫ِب‬‫اُر‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫ت‬ُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ 6. ُ‫ت‬‫ع‬ِ‫َس‬ُُ‫ا‬ُ‫ْل‬ُ‫ت‬‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ع‬‫ُو‬‫ان‬‫ذ‬ُُ‫ا‬ُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ل‬ 7. ُ‫د‬‫ه‬‫ُع‬‫ق‬ِ‫اس‬‫ف‬‫ُال‬‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬ُِ‫هللا‬ُِ‫ُهللا‬‫م‬‫ال‬‫ُك‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ع‬ِ‫َُس‬‫ُو‬ 8. ًُ‫ال‬‫ث‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ُر‬‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬ 9. ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ف‬‫اُك‬‫م‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ُهللا‬‫ة‬‫م‬‫ع‬ِ‫اُن‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬ 10. ُ‫ر‬‫ح‬‫ب‬‫اُال‬‫ن‬‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ف‬ 11. ُ‫ذ‬ُ‫ة‬‫اج‬‫َّج‬‫ُالد‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ِب‬ُُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫م‬‫ت‬ُُ‫م‬‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
  • 36.
  • 37. 25 LESSON 5 ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ُُ‫ال‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ة‬ Prepositions The following particles are used as prepositions in Arabic. They occur quite frequently. Table 5.1 Prepositions ( ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ُُ‫ال‬‫ا‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ة‬ ) in; regarding ُِ‫ف‬ with; at ُِ‫ب‬ from; than ُ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ to; up to ُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ on; upon ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ى‬ for; belongs to ُ ِ‫ل‬ as, like ُ‫ك‬ up to, until ُ‫ت‬‫ح‬ about; from; regarding ُ‫ن‬‫ع‬ by (for oath) ُ‫و‬ The words that come after these prepositions end with a kasrah on the final letter. Below, we give examples of each of these. ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ز‬ُُِ‫ف‬ُُِ‫ر‬‫َّا‬‫الد‬ = Zayd is in the house. ُِ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ل‬ِ‫َُب‬‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ = I wrote with the pen. ُِ‫إ‬ُ ِ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ُ‫ل‬ُُِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ال‬ = from the house to the mosque ُ‫ل‬‫ُع‬ٌ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ُز‬‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬ُِ‫س‬‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ىُال‬ُِ‫ي‬ = Zayd sat on the chair. ٍُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ز‬ِ‫ُل‬‫ة‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ = The car belongs to Zayd. ٍُ‫د‬‫س‬‫أ‬‫ُك‬‫د‬‫مح‬‫أ‬ = Ahmad is like a lion. ُ‫ت‬ ِ‫ِن‬َُّ‫ت‬‫ح‬ُُِ‫ح‬‫ب‬ُّ‫الص‬ = I slept until the morning. ُِ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ُال‬ِ‫ن‬‫ُع‬‫ت‬‫ل‬‫أ‬‫س‬ = She asked about the book. ُِ‫هللا‬‫و‬ = By Allah! Besides the ten prepositions listed above, there are seven other prepositions that occur less frequently. Since they do occur; therefore, it is appropriate to mention them as well. They are as follows: 1. ُ‫ت‬: by (for oath). This is specific with Allah, the Exalted. Example: ُِ‫هللا‬‫ت‬ – By Allah!
  • 38. Lesson 5 26 2 & 3. ُ‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُ‫و‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫ن‬‫م‬: since. These are used to define a time period. Example: ُ‫ت‬‫ب‬‫ه‬‫اُذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫إ‬ُ‫ل‬ُ ُِ‫ة‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ُاْل‬ِ‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬‫ذ‬‫ن‬‫ُم‬ِ‫ة‬‫س‬‫ر‬‫د‬‫م‬‫ال‬ – I have not gone to the school since Friday. 4. َُّ‫ب‬‫ر‬: many a, so many. The noun used after َُّ‫ب‬‫ر‬ is always singular. Example: ُ‫ص‬‫ُن‬ٍ‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ُر‬َّ‫ب‬‫ر‬ُ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫ر‬ – I helped so many men. 5. ُ‫ال‬‫خ‬: besides, except. Example: ُ‫م‬َّ‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫ُاْل‬‫ت‬ٍُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ُز‬‫ال‬‫ُخ‬‫ال‬‫ف‬‫ط‬ – I taught the children except Zayd. 6. ‫ا‬‫اش‬‫ح‬: besides, except. Example: ‫و‬ٍ‫ر‬‫م‬‫اُع‬‫اش‬‫ُح‬‫ال‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬‫ُال‬‫ت‬‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ – I stopped the men except ‘Amr. 7. ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ع‬: besides, except. Example: ٍُ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬‫اُخ‬‫د‬‫ُع‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫ُال‬‫اء‬‫ج‬ – The people came except Khalid. Word List for Verbs English Arabic he went ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ he killed ُ‫ل‬‫ت‬‫ق‬ he cut ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬ he milked ُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ح‬ he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ he asked ُ‫ل‬‫أ‬‫س‬ he made ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬ he looked (at) ُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬(ُ‫ر‬‫ظ‬‫ن‬) he opened ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ he sat ُ‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬ he read ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ it (M) fell ُ‫ع‬‫ق‬‫و‬ it (M) was prescribed (upon) ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ت‬‫ك‬ُُ‫ل‬‫(ع‬)‫ى‬ he broke ُ‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬
  • 39. ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 27 Word List for Nouns English Arabic Singular Plural village ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ ًُ‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ى‬ city ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫م‬ ُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫د‬ lion ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫د‬‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫د‬‫س‬ sword ٌُ‫ف‬‫ي‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫س‬ cloth; clothes ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ث‬ ُِ‫ث‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫ي‬ scissors ٌُ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ض‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ق‬‫م‬ cow ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ب‬ milk ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ب‬‫ل‬ large bowl ٌُ‫ة‬‫ع‬‫ص‬‫ق‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ع‬‫ص‬‫،ُق‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ص‬ِ‫ق‬ card ٌُ‫ة‬‫اق‬‫ط‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫اق‬‫ط‬ِ‫ب‬ pencil ٌُ‫م‬‫س‬‫ر‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬ِ‫اس‬‫ر‬‫م‬ biscuit ُ‫ك‬‫ع‬‫ك‬ٌُ‫ة‬ ٌُ‫ك‬‫ع‬‫ك‬ butter ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ب‬‫ز‬ cream ٌُ‫ة‬‫ط‬‫ش‬ِ‫ق‬ teacher ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ذ‬‫ا‬‫ت‬‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ة‬‫ذ‬ِ‫ات‬‫س‬ student ٌُ‫ذ‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ذ‬ِ‫م‬‫ال‬‫،ُت‬ lesson ٌُ‫س‬‫ر‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫د‬ night-time ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ sleep; sleeping ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ن‬ day-time ٌُ‫ار‬‫ه‬‫ن‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ه‬‫ن‬ buffalo ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ام‬‫ج‬ ُ‫س‬‫ي‬ِ‫ام‬‫و‬‫ج‬ white; whiter ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ض‬‫ي‬‫ب‬ gold ٌُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ silver ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ض‬ِ‫ف‬ stone ٌُ‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ار‬‫ج‬‫ح‬‫أ‬،ٌُُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ِ‫ح‬ moon ٌُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫ق‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ار‬‫م‬‫ق‬
  • 40. Lesson 5 28 English Arabic Singular Plural star ٌُ‫م‬‫َن‬ ٌُ‫م‬‫و‬‫َن‬ lock ٌُ‫ل‬‫ف‬‫ق‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ال‬‫ف‬‫ق‬ key ُِ‫م‬ٌُ‫اح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ح‬‫ي‬ِ‫ات‬‫ف‬‫م‬ garden ُ‫ب‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ت‬‫س‬ ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ات‬‫س‬‫ب‬ grass ٌُ‫ب‬‫ش‬‫ع‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫ش‬‫ع‬ praise ٌُ‫د‬‫مح‬ right guidance ‫ى‬ً‫د‬‫ه‬ people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬ clouds (collective noun) ٌُ‫اب‬‫ح‬‫س‬ something which is under control ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫س‬‫م‬ between; among, amidst ُ‫ي‬‫ب‬ sky ٌُ‫اء‬‫َس‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫و‬‫َس‬ُُ‫،َُس‬ٌ‫ات‬‫و‬‫(َس‬)ٌ‫ات‬‫او‬ land, earth ٌُ‫ض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬ ٍُ‫اض‬‫ر‬‫أ‬،ُُ‫ْل‬‫ا‬‫ى‬ِ‫اض‬‫ر‬ Friday ُ‫م‬‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ة‬‫ع‬ Saturday ُِ‫ت‬‫ب‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ Sunday ُ‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫د‬‫ح‬ Monday ُِ‫ي‬‫ن‬‫ث‬ِ‫ُاَل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ Tuesday َُّ‫ث‬‫ُال‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ء‬‫َث‬‫ال‬ Wednesday ُ‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫اء‬‫ع‬‫ب‬‫ر‬ ُ‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ب‬‫ر‬ُِ‫اء‬‫ع‬ Thursday ُِ‫س‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ُاْل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ Jew; Jewish ُ‫ه‬‫ي‬ُ‫ى‬ِ‫د‬‫و‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ي‬ Christian ُِ‫ان‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ ‫ى‬‫ار‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ part, portion ٌُ‫ء‬‫ز‬‫ج‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫اء‬‫ز‬‫ج‬ good deed ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫ح‬ world ‫ا‬‫ي‬‫ن‬‫د‬ hereafter ‫آ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬ِ‫خ‬
  • 41. ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ار‬‫ُاْل‬‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 29 English Arabic Singular Plural fly ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ب‬ِ‫ذ‬ food ٌُ‫ام‬‫ع‬‫ط‬ ritual prayer (salah) ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ص‬،ُُ‫ل‬‫ص‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫و‬ door ٌُ‫ب‬‫َب‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫و‬‫ب‬ room ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬ ٌُ‫ف‬‫ر‬‫غ‬ bed ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ر‬ِ‫س‬ today ُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ tomorrow ‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫غ‬ yesterday ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫س‬‫م‬ Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic 1. Zayd went from the village to the city. 2. Mahmood killed the lion with the sword. 3. I cut the cloth with the scissors. 4. She milked the cow’s milk in the bowl. 5. You (S/M) put the shirt and the pants (one pair) in the box. 6. You (P/M) wrote on the cards with pencils. 7. They (P/F) ate biscuits with butter and cream. 8. By Allah (oath). 9. The teacher asked the students about the lesson. 10. Allah made the night-time for sleeping and the day-time for working. 11. Buffalo’s milk is whiter than cow’s milk. 12. Gold and silver are like stones to Zahid. 13. I looked towards the moon and the stars. 14. They (P/M) opened the lock with the key. 15. We went to the garden and we sat on the grass. Exercise 2: Translate into English 1. ُِِ‫ُِل‬‫د‬‫م‬‫ْل‬‫ا‬ 2. ُِ‫َّاس‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ىُل‬ً‫د‬‫ُه‬ِ‫آن‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ُال‬ ِ‫ِف‬ 3. ُ‫اْل‬‫ُو‬ِ‫آء‬‫م‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫ي‬‫ُب‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫س‬‫ُم‬‫اب‬‫ح‬َّ‫لس‬‫ا‬ُِ‫ض‬‫ر‬
  • 42. Lesson 5 30 4. ُُُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ت‬‫ب‬َّ‫الس‬ُُ‫ُو‬ِ‫د‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ُ‫اْل‬ُِ‫د‬‫ح‬ُ‫ى‬‫ار‬‫َّص‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ 5. ُ‫ر‬‫ق‬ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ة‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫اْل‬‫ُو‬ ِ‫س‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ُاْل‬ِ‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬ ِ‫ُِف‬ِ‫آن‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ُال‬‫ن‬ِ‫اُم‬ً‫ء‬‫ز‬‫ُج‬‫ت‬ 6. ُ‫ُال‬ ِ‫ِف‬َّ‫ُو‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫اُح‬‫ي‬‫ُّن‬‫ُالد‬ ِ‫ُِف‬ِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫س‬‫ُح‬ِ‫ة‬‫ر‬ِ‫خ‬ 7. ُِ‫ام‬‫ع‬َّ‫ط‬‫ُال‬ ِ‫ُِف‬‫ب‬‫َب‬ُّ‫ُالذ‬‫ع‬‫ق‬‫و‬ 8. ُ‫ل‬‫ُع‬‫ة‬‫لو‬َّ‫ُالص‬ ِ‫ت‬‫ب‬ِ‫ت‬‫ك‬ُِ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬‫م‬‫ىُال‬ 9. ‫ُا‬‫ب‬‫اَُب‬‫و‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ُ‫و‬‫س‬‫ل‬‫ج‬‫ُو‬ِ‫ي‬‫ن‬‫ث‬ِ‫ُاَل‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬ِ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ْل‬َُّ‫ث‬‫ُال‬‫م‬‫و‬‫ُي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َّ‫ُالس‬‫لى‬‫اُع‬ُ‫َث‬‫ال‬ُِ‫ء‬
  • 43. 31 LESSON 6 ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ُِ‫ائ‬ُ‫ر‬ Pronouns A pronoun is called ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ in Arabic. Its plural is ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬‫ض‬. There are a number of different types of pronouns in Arabic. We are listing below those pronouns that are unattached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫م‬). These dameers are not joined to any word but appear as separate words. They can appear as mubtada. These should be memorized. Table 6.1 Unattached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫م‬) Pronouns Person Gender Plurality Pronouns English Arabic Third Person (ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬ Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular he ُ‫و‬‫ه‬ Dual they ‫ا‬‫ُه‬ Plural they ُ‫م‬‫ه‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular she ُِ‫ه‬ُ‫ي‬ Dual they ‫ا‬‫ُه‬ Plural they َُّ‫ن‬‫ه‬ Second Person (ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬) Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular you ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ت‬‫ن‬ Dual you ُ‫أ‬‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ Plural you ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular you ُ‫أ‬ُِ‫ت‬‫ن‬ Dual you ُ‫أ‬‫ا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫ن‬ Plural you ُ‫أ‬َُّ‫ت‬‫ن‬ First Person ( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ ) Masculine/ Feminine Singular I ُ‫أ‬ُ‫َن‬ Masculine/ Feminine Dual/ Plural we ُ‫ن‬‫َن‬
  • 44. Lesson 6 32 Below, we list the attached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫َّص‬‫ت‬‫م‬) dameers. They are also called possessive (ُِ‫اف‬‫ض‬ِ‫إ‬) and objective (ُِ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬) dameers. By possessive, we mean those pronouns, which indicate possession ( ُ‫اف‬‫ض‬ِ‫إ‬ٌُ‫ة‬ ); and by objective we mean those pronouns, which refer to the object (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬). Table 6.2 Attached (ٌُ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ت‬‫م‬) Pronouns Person Gender Plurality Pronouns English Arabic Third Person (ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬ Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular his, him ‫ه‬ Dual their, them ‫ا‬‫ُه‬ Plural their, them ُ‫م‬‫ه‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular hers, her ‫ا‬‫ه‬ Dual their, them ‫ا‬‫ُه‬ Plural their, them َُّ‫ن‬‫ه‬ Second Person (ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬) Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular your, you ُ‫ك‬ Dual your, you ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ك‬ Plural your, you ُ‫م‬‫ك‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular your, you ُِ‫ك‬ Dual your, you ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ك‬ Plural your, you َُّ‫ن‬‫ك‬ First Person ( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ ) Masculine/ Feminine Singular my, me ُ‫ي‬ُ،ُُِ‫ن‬ Masculine/ Feminine Dual/ Plural ours, us ُ‫َن‬
  • 45. ‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬ 33 Examples of Usage of Unattached Dameers ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬‫ُز‬‫و‬‫ه‬ – He is Zayd. ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬‫ُط‬‫َن‬ – I am a student. ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫َُم‬‫ت‬‫ن‬‫أ‬ – You are hardworking. Examples of Usage of Attached Dameers These pronouns can come after nouns, verbs and particles as shown in the examples below. 1. After a noun, showing attribution/possession (ٌُ‫ة‬‫اف‬‫ض‬ِ‫إ‬): ُ‫ه‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ – his (S/M) pen ُ‫ك‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ – your (S/M) book ُِ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ – my book ‫ا‬‫ه‬‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ – her (S/F) book. 2. After a verb, indicating the object (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫م‬): ُ‫ه‬‫ت‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ – I helped him ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ر‬‫م‬ – I commanded you ُِ‫ن‬‫ت‬‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ – you (S/M) helped me. 3. After a particle: ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ – in it ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ – for him ُِ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ن‬ – from you (S/M) ُِ‫إ‬‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ – to/towards us ُ‫م‬‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ – indeed you (P/M) ُِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ – on him. Word List for Verbs English Arabic he rode ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ك‬‫ر‬ he broke ُ‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬ he fell ُ‫ط‬‫ق‬‫س‬ he stopped (someone) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬
  • 46. Lesson 6 34 Word List for Nouns & Particles English Arabic he raised (someone or something) ُ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬ he played ُِ‫ع‬‫ل‬ُ‫ب‬ he looked ُ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬(ُ‫ر‬‫ظ‬‫ن‬) he worshipped ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬ he remembered ُ‫ذ‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ر‬ he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ he provided livelihood/sustenance ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ز‬ُ‫ق‬ he sealed, he put a seal ُ‫ت‬‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ he cheated, he deceived ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ he left; he abandoned ُ‫ر‬‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬ he snatched ُ‫ط‬‫خ‬ُ‫ف‬ he created ُ‫ق‬‫ل‬‫خ‬ he presented ُ‫ر‬‫ع‬ُ‫ض‬ he took ُ‫أ‬ُ‫خ‬ُ‫ذ‬ he did (good deeds); he acted (righteously) ُ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬‫ع‬ُ()‫ا‬ً ِ‫اْل‬‫ص‬ English Arabic Singular Plural father ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ء‬‫َب‬ mother ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ات‬‫ه‬َّ‫م‬ tongue ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫س‬ِ‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ن‬ِ‫س‬‫ل‬ head ٌُ‫س‬‫أ‬‫ر‬ ٌُ‫س‬‫و‬‫ؤ‬‫ر‬ nose ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ن‬ hand ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ ُ‫أ‬ٍُ‫د‬‫ي‬،ُُ‫ْل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫د‬‫ي‬ُ‫ي‬ tooth )‫ن‬ِ‫ُ(س‬ٌ‫ن‬ِ‫س‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ن‬‫س‬ chest ٌُ‫ر‬‫د‬‫ص‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫و‬‫د‬‫ص‬
  • 47. ‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬ 35 English Arabic Singular Plural handkerchief ٌُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫اد‬‫ن‬‫م‬ car ٌُ‫ة‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ bicycle ٌُ‫ة‬‫اج‬َّ‫ر‬‫د‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫اج‬َّ‫ر‬‫د‬ shoe ٌُ‫اء‬‫ذ‬ِ‫ح‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ح‬ foot ٌُ‫ل‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬،ٌُُ‫م‬‫د‬‫ق‬ُ ball ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ر‬‫ك‬ mango ُ‫ن‬‫،ُم‬‫ج‬‫ب‬‫ن‬‫ا‬ُ‫و‬‫ج‬ apple ٌُ‫ة‬‫َّاح‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫َّاح‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ garden ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫ت‬‫س‬‫ب‬ melon, watermelon ٌُ‫خ‬‫ي‬ِ‫ط‬ِ‫ب‬ cucumber ٌُ‫َّاء‬‫ث‬ِ‫ق‬ field; arable land ٌُ‫ل‬‫ق‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫ح‬ heart ٌُ‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ hearing; also used for ears ٌُ‫ع‬‫َس‬ eyesight; glance; also used for eyes ٌُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ب‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ار‬‫ص‬‫ب‬ veil, covering ٌُ‫ة‬‫او‬‫ش‬ِ‫غ‬ themselves ُ‫م‬‫ه‬‫س‬‫ف‬‫ن‬‫أ‬ darkness ٌُ‫ة‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ظ‬ُُ‫ل‬‫(ظ‬ُ‫م‬)ٌ‫ت‬ lightning ٌُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ب‬ Lord ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬ fuel ٌُ‫د‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫و‬ people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬ stone ٌُ‫ر‬‫ج‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ِ‫ح‬ husband; wife; spouse ٌُ‫ج‬‫و‬‫ز‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫اج‬‫و‬‫ز‬ clean, pure (F) ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬َّ‫ه‬‫ط‬‫م‬ angel ُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ٌُ‫ة‬‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ال‬‫م‬
  • 48. Lesson 6 36 Exercise 1: Translate into Arabic 1. My father 2. His mother 3. Her tongue 4. Your (S/M) head 5. Your (S/F) nose 6. My hand 7. Their (P/F) teeth 8. His chest 9. Our handkerchief 10. I rode in your (S/M) car. 11. She broke my bike. 12. The shoe fell off your (S/M) foot. 13. I stopped them (P/F). 14. They (P/M) raised me. 15. You (P/M) played with the ball. 16. They (D/M) looked at me. 17. You (D/F) worshipped Him. 18. My mother remembered me yesterday. 19. You (S/M) ate a mango and an apple in your garden and you ate a watermelon and a cucumber in your field. English Arabic Singular Plural covenant ٌُ‫اق‬‫ث‬‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫اث‬‫و‬‫م‬ above ُ‫ق‬‫و‬‫ف‬ Mount Sinai ٌُ‫ر‬‫و‬‫ط‬ color ٌُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫و‬‫ل‬ bright yellow ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫اق‬‫ف‬ whoever ُ‫ن‬‫م‬ then; so; therefore; sometimes, it is not translated ُ‫ف‬ compensation, reward ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ر‬‫و‬‫ج‬ with ُ‫د‬‫ن‬ِ‫ع‬
  • 49. ‫ل‬‫ا‬َُّ‫ض‬ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ائ‬‫م‬ 37 Exercise 2: Translate into English 1. ُ‫م‬‫اه‬‫ن‬‫ق‬‫ز‬‫ر‬ 2. ُ‫ل‬‫ُع‬‫ُهللا‬‫م‬‫ت‬‫خ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ُو‬‫م‬ِِ‫ِب‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ىُق‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ع‬‫ىَُس‬ 3. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫ىُأ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫او‬‫ش‬ِ‫ُغ‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ص‬‫ب‬ 4. ُ‫ا‬‫و‬‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬‫ه‬‫س‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ 5. ٍُ‫ت‬‫م‬‫ل‬‫ُظ‬ ِ‫ُِف‬‫م‬‫ه‬‫ك‬‫ر‬‫ت‬ 6. ُ‫ق‬‫ر‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ف‬‫ط‬‫خ‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫م‬‫ه‬‫ار‬‫ص‬‫ب‬ 7. ُ‫م‬‫ك‬‫ق‬‫ل‬‫ُخ‬‫م‬‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬‫ُر‬َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ا‬ 8. ُ‫ة‬‫ار‬‫ج‬ِ‫اْل‬‫ُو‬‫َّاس‬‫ن‬‫اُال‬‫ه‬‫د‬‫و‬‫ق‬‫و‬ 9. ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ُف‬‫م‬‫َل‬ُ‫ا‬‫ه‬ُ‫أ‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬َّ‫ه‬‫ط‬ُّ‫ُم‬ٌ‫اج‬‫و‬‫ز‬ 10. ُ‫ل‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫لى‬‫ُع‬‫م‬‫ه‬‫ض‬‫ر‬‫ع‬ُِ‫ة‬‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬ 11. ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫و‬ُّ‫ط‬‫ُال‬‫م‬‫ك‬‫ق‬‫و‬‫اُف‬‫ن‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫م‬‫ك‬‫اق‬‫ث‬‫ي‬ِ‫ُم‬‫َن‬‫ذ‬‫خ‬ 12. ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫اق‬‫اُف‬‫ه‬‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬ 13. ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬‫اُف‬ً ِ‫اْل‬‫ُص‬‫ل‬ِ‫م‬‫ُع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫ج‬ُ‫ه‬
  • 50.
  • 51. 39 LESSON 7 ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ل‬ُُ‫ال‬ُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬ Present and Future Tense Verb We have already discussed the past tense verb and pronouns. In this lesson, we will discuss ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ which is equivalent to present and future tense. ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ (past tense) and ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ُ (present/future tense), as well as ُ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ُِ‫ائ‬ُ‫ر‬ (pronouns) are the foundations of the Arabic language. These should be memorized properly. This will make all future lessons much easier. We are listing below the conjugations (verb forms) of ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ (present and future tense verb) in active voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬). Table 7.1 Verb Forms of (ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬) in Active Voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬) Person Gender Plurality English Arabic Third Person (ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫)غ‬ Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular He/It is doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ Dual They are doing or will do ُ‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural They are doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular She/It is doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ Dual They are doing or will do ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural They are doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬ Second Person (ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬) Masculine (ٌُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬) Singular You are doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ Dual You are doing or will do ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural You are doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬
  • 52. Lesson 7 40 Table 7.1 Continued Before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 7.1 would be written in Arabic. This is as follows: Table 7.1a ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ال‬ُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬‫ال‬ Second Person (ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬) Feminine (ٌُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫)م‬ Singular You are doing or will do ُِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬ Dual You are doing or will do ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural You are doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬ First Person ( ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫م‬ٌُ‫م‬ ) Masculine/ Feminine Singular I am doing or will do ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Masculine/ Feminine Dual/ Plural We are doing or will do ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ُُ‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
  • 53. ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬ 41 Creating Passive Voice ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ In lesson 3, we discussed the method of converting ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ف‬ (past tense active voice) to ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (past tense passive voice). Now, we discuss the method of converting ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ from active to passive voice. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬, which means “he does or will do,” is in active voice (ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬). To convert this ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ٌُُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬ to ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ , we give the first letter a dammah and the third letter a fathah. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ becomes ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬, ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ض‬‫ت‬ becomes ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ض‬‫ت‬, ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ becomes ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬, ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ becomes ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ , and so on. Table 7.2 Verb Forms of ( ٌُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ُُ‫م‬ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬ ) in Passive Voice (ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫)َم‬ Person Gender Plurality English Arabic Third Person ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫(غ‬) Masculine )ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫(م‬ Singular He/It is being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ Dual They are being done or will be done ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural They are being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ Feminine )ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫(م‬ Singular She/It is being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ Dual They are being done or will be done ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural They are being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ُ‫ن‬ Second Person ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫(ح‬) Masculine )ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫(م‬ Singular You are being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ Dual You are being done or will be done ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural You are being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬‫و‬ Feminine )ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫(م‬ Singular You are being done or will be done ُِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬ Dual You are being done or will be done ُ‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُِ‫ن‬ Plural You are being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ن‬
  • 54. Lesson 7 42 Table 7.2 continued First Person ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫(م‬)ٌ‫م‬ Masculine/ Feminine Singular I am being done or will be done ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ Masculine/ Feminine Dual/ Plural We are being done or will be done ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ Before we move on, it would be useful to see how Table 7.2 would be written in Arabic. This is as follows: Table 7.2a ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ال‬ُ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ُُ‫ال‬ُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫ج‬‫م‬ ُ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫لص‬‫ا‬ ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ُِ‫ة‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ِ‫الص‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُُِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ُُ‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫غ‬ٌُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫غ‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ُِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬ ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُِ‫ن‬‫ال‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ُ‫ت‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ث‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ُُ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُُ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬‫م‬ٌُُ‫ر‬ِ‫اض‬‫ح‬ ُ‫أ‬ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُ‫م‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ن‬ ُِ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ع‬‫ْج‬ٌُ‫م‬
  • 55. ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬ 43 Note: When a passive verb is used, the ُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (subject) is not mentioned. Rather, the ُ‫م‬ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (object) takes the place of the ُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ (subject) and is called ُ‫َن‬ُِ‫ئ‬ُ‫ب‬ُُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٍُ‫ل‬ (subject of the passive verb) or ُ‫ق‬ُِ‫ائ‬ٌُ‫م‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ق‬ُ‫ام‬ُُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٍُ‫ل‬ (substitute subject). Since it takes the place of the ُ‫ف‬ُِ‫اع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ , it also gets a dammah. Examples: ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ : ُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫و‬‫ُال‬‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ض‬ – The boy was hit. ُ‫ة‬‫أ‬‫ر‬‫م‬‫ُال‬ ِ‫ت‬‫ع‬ِ‫ن‬‫م‬ – The woman was stopped. ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ُُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ : ُ‫اب‬‫ب‬‫ُال‬‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ – The door will be opened. ُ‫ار‬‫د‬ِ‫ُاْل‬‫ر‬‫س‬‫ك‬‫ي‬ – The wall will be broken. Note: In the tables above, the first letter of each seeghah of ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ , both ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫م‬ and ُ‫َم‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫و‬ٌُ‫ل‬ , is called ُِ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫ح‬ (plural: ُ‫ح‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫و‬ُِ‫ِع‬‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ف‬ ). As can be seen in the table, these are ‫ي‬, ‫ت‬, ‫أ‬, and ‫ن‬. Relationship between the Seeghahs of ُ‫اض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ and ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫ُم‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Before we move on, it will be useful to keep in mind that the ‘ayn kalimah of the ٌُ‫د‬ِ‫اح‬‫و‬ٌُُ‫ب‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ُغ‬ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫م‬ of a ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ and ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ can vary in a number of different ways. It can have a fathah, kasrah or dammah in ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ and/or ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ . It is beyond the scope of this book to discuss all of these combinations. However, at this stage, it is, nevertheless, important to take note of the harakah on the ‘ayn kalimah of any given ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ٍُ‫اض‬ and its corresponding ُِ‫ف‬ُ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ل‬ُُ‫م‬ُ‫ض‬ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬ٌُ‫ع‬ . Word List for Verbs English (for past tense) Arabic ُ‫اض‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ he went ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬ he wandered about ُ‫ه‬ِ‫م‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬‫م‬‫ع‬‫ي‬ he made (someone into someone or something into something) ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫َي‬ he came to know ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫ع‬ ُ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫ي‬
  • 56. Lesson 7 44 English (for past tense) Arabic ُ‫اض‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ he worshipped ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬ ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ي‬ he realized; he became aware ُ‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ش‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ش‬‫ي‬ he heard ُ‫ع‬ِ‫َس‬ ُ‫ع‬‫م‬‫س‬‫ي‬ he played ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ع‬‫ل‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ل‬‫ي‬ he wore ُ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬‫ل‬ ُ‫س‬‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ي‬ he became sad, he grieved ُ‫ح‬ُِ‫ز‬ُ‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬‫ز‬‫َي‬ he slaughtered ُ‫ح‬‫ب‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ح‬‫ب‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬ he drank ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬‫ش‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ش‬‫ي‬ he read ‫ق‬‫ر‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ر‬َ ُ‫أ‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ي‬ he cooked ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬ ُ‫خ‬‫ب‬‫ط‬‫ي‬ he made (something) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫ص‬‫ي‬ he stopped (someone) ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬‫َي‬ he opened ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬‫ي‬ he washed ُ‫س‬‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ُ‫ل‬ِ‫س‬‫غ‬‫ي‬ he laughed ُ‫ك‬ ِ‫ح‬‫ض‬ ُ‫ك‬‫ح‬‫ض‬‫ي‬ he was angry (with someone) ُ‫ل‬‫ُ(ع‬‫ط‬ِ‫خ‬‫س‬ُ‫ال‬‫ىُف‬)ٍ‫ن‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ُ(ع‬‫ط‬‫خ‬‫س‬‫ي‬ُ‫ىُف‬)ٍ‫ن‬‫ال‬ he broke (something non-physical); he nullified ُ‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ض‬‫ق‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ he commanded, he ordered ُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫أ‬ ُ‫ر‬‫م‬‫َي‬ he concealed ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ ُ‫م‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫ي‬ he wrote ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ ُ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫ي‬ he cut ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ط‬‫ق‬‫ي‬ he helped ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ص‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ he deceived, he cheated ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫خ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫د‬‫َي‬ he colored, he dyed ُ‫غ‬‫ب‬‫ص‬ ُ‫غ‬‫ب‬‫ص‬‫ي‬ he raised ُ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ف‬‫ر‬‫ي‬ he sent ُ‫ث‬‫ع‬‫ب‬ ُ‫ث‬‫ع‬‫ب‬‫ي‬
  • 57. ُِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬‫ُال‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ُ‫ع‬ 45 English (for past tense) Arabic ُ‫اض‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫ر‬‫ا‬‫ض‬‫م‬ he ate ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫أ‬ ُ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫َي‬ he remembered; he mentioned ُ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ك‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬ Word List for Nouns & Particles English Arabic Singular Plural food ٌُ‫ام‬‫ع‬‫ط‬ newspaper ٌُ‫ة‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫د‬ِ‫ائ‬‫ر‬‫ج‬ potato ‫ا‬‫اط‬‫ط‬‫ب‬ tea ٌُ‫اي‬‫ش‬ spoon ٌُ‫ة‬‫ق‬‫ع‬‫ل‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ق‬ِ‫ع‬‫ال‬‫م‬ lock ٌُ‫ل‬‫ف‬‫ق‬ key ٌُ‫اح‬‫ت‬‫ف‬ِ‫م‬ washerman ٌُ‫ار‬َّ‫ص‬‫ق‬ cloth; clothes ٌُ‫ب‬‫و‬‫ث‬ ُِ‫ث‬ٌُ‫اب‬‫ي‬ pond, pool ٌُ‫ر‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫غ‬ ٌُ‫ر‬‫د‬‫غ‬ laughter ٌُ‫ك‬‫ح‬‫ض‬،ٌُُ‫ك‬‫ح‬ِ‫ض‬ friend ٌُ‫ق‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬ house ٌُ‫ت‬‫ي‬‫ب‬ prayer leader; leader ٌُ‫ام‬‫م‬ِ‫إ‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ِ‫ئ‬‫أ‬ people ٌُ‫س‬‫َن‬ what?; do…?; will…?; etc. (depending on the context) ُ‫أ‬ُ،ُُ‫ل‬‫ه‬ sinfulness ٌُ‫ق‬‫س‬ِ‫ف‬ disbelief, infidelity ٌُ‫ر‬‫ف‬‫ك‬ today ُ‫م‬‫و‬‫ي‬‫ل‬‫ا‬ tommorrow ‫ا‬ً‫د‬‫غ‬
  • 58. Lesson 7 46 English Arabic Singular Plural day after tomorrow ٍُ‫د‬‫ُغ‬‫د‬‫ع‬‫ب‬ a year ago ٍُ‫ة‬‫ن‬‫ُس‬‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ق‬ day before yesterday ُِ‫س‬‫م‬‫ُاْل‬‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ق‬ letter ُ‫س‬ِ‫ر‬ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬ paternal uncle ُ‫م‬‫ع‬ fear ٌُ‫ف‬‫و‬‫خ‬ promise; pledge ٌُ‫د‬‫ه‬‫ع‬ that, which ‫ا‬‫م‬ piety, righteousness ُ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ that; to ُ‫ن‬‫أ‬ cow ٌُ‫ة‬‫ر‬‫ق‬‫ب‬ speech ٌُ‫م‬‫ال‬‫ك‬ rope ٌُ‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ح‬ ٌُ‫ال‬‫ب‬ِ‫ح‬ remembrance ٌُ‫ر‬‫ك‬ِ‫ذ‬ prophet ٌُ‫ل‬‫و‬‫س‬‫ر‬،ُُِ‫ب‬‫ن‬ fruit ٌُ‫ة‬‫ه‬ِ‫اك‬‫ف‬ ُ‫ف‬ُ‫ه‬ِ‫اك‬‫و‬ library ُ‫ُال‬‫ة‬‫ان‬‫ز‬‫،ُخ‬ٌ‫ة‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫م‬ُِ‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬ ٌُ‫ات‬‫ب‬‫ت‬‫ك‬‫م‬ُ،ُِ‫ات‬‫ك‬‫م‬ُ‫ب‬ magazine ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬‫َم‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ال‬‫َم‬ article; essay ٌُ‫ة‬‫ال‬‫ق‬‫م‬ ٌُ‫ت‬‫اَل‬‫ق‬‫م‬ Exercise 1: Translate into English 1. ُ‫ب‬‫ه‬‫ذ‬‫أ‬ 2. ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ه‬‫م‬‫ع‬‫ي‬ 3. ُ‫ل‬‫ع‬‫َي‬ 4. ُ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ع‬‫أ‬ 5. ُ‫د‬‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ن‬ 6. ُ‫ن‬‫و‬‫ر‬‫ع‬‫ش‬‫ت‬ 7. ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬‫م‬‫س‬‫ت‬ 8. ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ع‬‫ل‬ 9. ُ‫ن‬‫س‬‫ب‬‫ل‬‫ي‬ 10. ُِ‫ن‬‫َن‬‫ز‬‫َت‬ 11. ُِ‫ان‬‫ِب‬‫ذ‬‫ي‬ 12. ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫ش‬‫أ‬